]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
5d7836c4 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
7fe8059f | 2 | // Name: wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h |
5d7836c4 JS |
3 | // Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl |
4 | // Author: Julian Smart | |
7fe8059f | 5 | // Modified by: |
5d7836c4 | 6 | // Created: 2005-09-30 |
7fe8059f | 7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ |
5d7836c4 JS |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
b01ca8b6 JS |
12 | #ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_ |
13 | #define _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_ | |
14 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
15 | /* |
16 | ||
17 | Data structures | |
18 | =============== | |
19 | ||
20 | Data is represented by a hierarchy of objects, all derived from | |
21 | wxRichTextObject. | |
22 | ||
23 | The top of the hierarchy is the buffer, a kind of wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox. | |
24 | These boxes will allow flexible placement of text boxes on a page, but | |
59509217 JS |
25 | for now there is a single box representing the document, and this box is |
26 | a wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox which contains further wxRichTextParagraph | |
27 | objects, each of which can include text and images. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
28 | |
29 | Each object maintains a range (start and end position) measured | |
30 | from the start of the main parent box. | |
31 | A paragraph object knows its range, and a text fragment knows its range | |
32 | too. So, a character or image in a page has a position relative to the | |
33 | start of the document, and a character in an embedded text box has | |
34 | a position relative to that text box. For now, we will not be dealing with | |
35 | embedded objects but it's something to bear in mind for later. | |
36 | ||
59509217 JS |
37 | Note that internally, a range (5,5) represents a range of one character. |
38 | In the public wx[Rich]TextCtrl API, this would be passed to e.g. SetSelection | |
39 | as (5,6). A paragraph with one character might have an internal range of (0, 1) | |
40 | since the end of the paragraph takes up one position. | |
41 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
42 | Layout |
43 | ====== | |
44 | ||
45 | When Layout is called on an object, it is given a size which the object | |
46 | must limit itself to, or one or more flexible directions (vertical | |
47 | or horizontal). So for example a centered paragraph is given the page | |
48 | width to play with (minus any margins), but can extend indefinitely | |
49 | in the vertical direction. The implementation of Layout can then | |
50 | cache the calculated size and position within the parent. | |
51 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
52 | */ |
53 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
54 | /*! |
55 | * Includes | |
56 | */ | |
57 | ||
b01ca8b6 | 58 | #include "wx/defs.h" |
5d7836c4 JS |
59 | |
60 | #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT | |
61 | ||
b01ca8b6 JS |
62 | #include "wx/list.h" |
63 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
64 | #include "wx/bitmap.h" | |
5d7836c4 JS |
65 | #include "wx/image.h" |
66 | #include "wx/cmdproc.h" | |
67 | #include "wx/txtstrm.h" | |
bec80f4f | 68 | #include "wx/variant.h" |
5d7836c4 | 69 | |
0ca07313 JS |
70 | #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ |
71 | #include "wx/dataobj.h" | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | ||
44cc96a8 | 74 | // Compatibility |
bec80f4f | 75 | //#define wxRichTextAttr wxTextAttr |
44cc96a8 JS |
76 | #define wxTextAttrEx wxTextAttr |
77 | ||
a188ac29 | 78 | // Setting wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET to 1 implements a |
749414f7 | 79 | // caret reliably without using wxClientDC in case there |
1c13f06e | 80 | // are platform-specific problems with the generic caret. |
749414f7 | 81 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__) |
a188ac29 JS |
82 | #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 1 |
83 | #else | |
1c13f06e | 84 | #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 0 |
a188ac29 | 85 | #endif |
1c13f06e JS |
86 | |
87 | // Switch off for binary compatibility, on for faster drawing | |
5cb0b827 JS |
88 | // Note: this seems to be buggy (overzealous use of extents) so |
89 | // don't use for now | |
90 | #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING 0 | |
1c13f06e | 91 | |
bec80f4f JS |
92 | // The following two symbols determine whether an output implementation |
93 | // is present. To switch the relevant one on, set wxRICHTEXT_USE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT in | |
94 | // richtextxml.cpp. By default, the faster direct output implementation is used. | |
95 | ||
96 | // Include the wxXmlDocument implementation for output | |
97 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT 1 | |
98 | ||
99 | // Include the faster, direct implementation for output | |
100 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT 1 | |
101 | ||
706465df JS |
102 | /** |
103 | The line break character that can be embedded in content. | |
ff76711f JS |
104 | */ |
105 | ||
106 | extern WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar; | |
107 | ||
706465df JS |
108 | /** |
109 | File types in wxRichText context. | |
5d7836c4 | 110 | */ |
d75a69e8 FM |
111 | enum wxRichTextFileType |
112 | { | |
113 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0, | |
114 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT, | |
115 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML, | |
116 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML, | |
117 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF, | |
118 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF | |
119 | }; | |
5d7836c4 | 120 | |
603f702b | 121 | /* |
5d7836c4 JS |
122 | * Forward declarations |
123 | */ | |
124 | ||
b5dbe15d VS |
125 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl; |
126 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject; | |
cdaed652 | 127 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage; |
b5dbe15d VS |
128 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCacheObject; |
129 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectList; | |
130 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine; | |
131 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph; | |
132 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler; | |
8db2e3ef | 133 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler; |
7c9fdebe JS |
134 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField; |
135 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType; | |
b5dbe15d | 136 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet; |
b5dbe15d VS |
137 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition; |
138 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent; | |
139 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer; | |
140 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer; | |
bec80f4f | 141 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHandler; |
603f702b JS |
142 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox; |
143 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock; | |
bec80f4f JS |
144 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode; |
145 | class wxRichTextFloatCollector; | |
706465df JS |
146 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream; |
147 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream; | |
5d7836c4 | 148 | |
706465df JS |
149 | /** |
150 | Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
151 | */ |
152 | ||
153 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH 0x01 | |
154 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT 0x02 | |
155 | #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH 0x04 | |
156 | #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT 0x08 | |
157 | ||
4d551ad5 JS |
158 | // Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within |
159 | // the rect passed to Layout. | |
160 | #define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10 | |
161 | ||
706465df JS |
162 | /** |
163 | Flags to pass to Draw | |
44219ff0 JS |
164 | */ |
165 | ||
166 | // Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes | |
167 | // where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared | |
168 | // with the previous line | |
169 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE 0x01 | |
603f702b JS |
170 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED 0x02 |
171 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT 0x04 | |
172 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES 0x08 | |
44219ff0 | 173 | |
706465df JS |
174 | /** |
175 | Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function. | |
5d7836c4 | 176 | */ |
f632e27b FM |
177 | enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags |
178 | { | |
179 | // The point was not on this object | |
180 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE = 0x01, | |
181 | ||
182 | // The point was before the position returned from HitTest | |
183 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE = 0x02, | |
184 | ||
185 | // The point was after the position returned from HitTest | |
186 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER = 0x04, | |
5d7836c4 | 187 | |
f632e27b FM |
188 | // The point was on the position returned from HitTest |
189 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON = 0x08, | |
190 | ||
191 | // The point was on space outside content | |
603f702b JS |
192 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10, |
193 | ||
194 | // Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects) | |
343ef639 JS |
195 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20, |
196 | ||
197 | // Ignore floating objects | |
7c9fdebe JS |
198 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40, |
199 | ||
200 | // Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic | |
201 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80 | |
f632e27b | 202 | }; |
5d7836c4 | 203 | |
706465df JS |
204 | /** |
205 | Flags for GetRangeSize. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
206 | */ |
207 | ||
208 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED 0x01 | |
209 | #define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED 0x02 | |
2f45f554 | 210 | #define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE 0x04 |
4f3d5bc0 | 211 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY 0x08 |
5d7836c4 | 212 | |
706465df JS |
213 | /** |
214 | Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle. | |
59509217 JS |
215 | */ |
216 | ||
217 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE 0x00 | |
218 | ||
219 | // Specifies that this operation should be undoable | |
220 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO 0x01 | |
221 | ||
222 | // Specifies that the style should not be applied if the | |
223 | // combined style at this point is already the style in question. | |
224 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE 0x02 | |
225 | ||
226 | // Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs, | |
227 | // and not the content. This allows content styling to be | |
228 | // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
229 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04 | |
230 | ||
231 | // Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters, | |
232 | // and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be | |
233 | // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
234 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08 | |
235 | ||
38f833b1 JS |
236 | // For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise |
237 | // deduces number from existing attributes | |
238 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER 0x10 | |
239 | ||
240 | // For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise | |
241 | // the current indentation will be used | |
242 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL 0x20 | |
243 | ||
523d2f14 JS |
244 | // Resets the existing style before applying the new style |
245 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET 0x40 | |
246 | ||
aeb6ebe2 JS |
247 | // Removes the given style instead of applying it |
248 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE 0x80 | |
249 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
250 | /** |
251 | Flags for SetProperties. | |
252 | */ | |
253 | ||
254 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE 0x00 | |
255 | ||
256 | // Specifies that this operation should be undoable | |
257 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO 0x01 | |
258 | ||
259 | // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs, | |
260 | // and not the content. | |
261 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02 | |
262 | ||
263 | // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters, | |
264 | // and not the paragraph. | |
265 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04 | |
266 | ||
267 | // Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties. | |
268 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET 0x08 | |
269 | ||
270 | // Removes the given properties instead of applying them. | |
271 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE 0x10 | |
272 | ||
706465df JS |
273 | /** |
274 | Flags for object insertion. | |
fe5aa22c JS |
275 | */ |
276 | ||
277 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE 0x00 | |
278 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE 0x01 | |
c025e094 | 279 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE 0x02 |
fe5aa22c | 280 | |
6c0ea513 JS |
281 | // A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style |
282 | // as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a | |
283 | // flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode. | |
284 | #define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE 0x10000000 | |
285 | ||
706465df JS |
286 | /** |
287 | Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor. | |
30bf7630 JS |
288 | */ |
289 | ||
290 | #define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR 1.5 | |
291 | ||
706465df JS |
292 | /** |
293 | The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags. | |
294 | */ | |
24777478 | 295 | typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags; |
cdaed652 | 296 | |
706465df JS |
297 | /** |
298 | Miscellaneous text box flags | |
299 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
300 | enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags |
301 | { | |
302 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT = 0x00000001, | |
303 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR = 0x00000002, | |
603f702b | 304 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS = 0x00000004, |
2f987d83 JS |
305 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000008, |
306 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME = 0x00000010 | |
24777478 | 307 | }; |
cdaed652 | 308 | |
706465df JS |
309 | /** |
310 | Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags. | |
311 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
312 | enum wxTextAttrValueFlags |
313 | { | |
603f702b JS |
314 | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID = 0x1000, |
315 | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK = 0x1000 | |
24777478 | 316 | }; |
cdaed652 | 317 | |
706465df JS |
318 | /** |
319 | Units, included in the dimension value. | |
320 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
321 | enum wxTextAttrUnits |
322 | { | |
323 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM = 0x0001, | |
324 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS = 0x0002, | |
325 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE = 0x0004, | |
326 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS = 0x0008, | |
327 | ||
328 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK = 0x000F | |
329 | }; | |
330 | ||
706465df JS |
331 | /** |
332 | Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags. | |
333 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
334 | enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition |
335 | { | |
336 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout | |
603f702b | 337 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge |
d87098c0 JS |
338 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent |
339 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window | |
24777478 JS |
340 | |
341 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK = 0x00F0 | |
342 | }; | |
343 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
344 | /** |
345 | @class wxTextAttrDimension | |
346 | ||
347 | A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position. | |
348 | ||
349 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
350 | @category{richtext} | |
351 | ||
352 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimensions | |
353 | */ | |
354 | ||
6ffb5e91 | 355 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimension |
cdaed652 VZ |
356 | { |
357 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
358 | /** |
359 | Default constructor. | |
360 | */ | |
24777478 | 361 | wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); } |
23bdfeee JS |
362 | /** |
363 | Constructor taking value and units flag. | |
364 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
365 | wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
366 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
367 | /** |
368 | Resets the dimension value and flags. | |
369 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
370 | void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; } |
371 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
372 | /** |
373 | Partial equality test. | |
374 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
375 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const; |
376 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
377 | /** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present. |
378 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
379 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL); |
380 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
381 | /** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
382 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
383 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
384 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr); |
385 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
386 | /** |
387 | Equality operator. | |
388 | */ | |
24777478 | 389 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; } |
603f702b | 390 | |
23bdfeee JS |
391 | /** |
392 | Returns the integer value of the dimension. | |
393 | */ | |
24777478 | 394 | int GetValue() const { return m_value; } |
23bdfeee JS |
395 | |
396 | /** | |
397 | Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm. | |
398 | ||
399 | */ | |
24777478 | 400 | float GetValueMM() const { return float(m_value) / 10.0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
401 | |
402 | /** | |
403 | Sets the value of the dimension in mm. | |
404 | */ | |
603f702b | 405 | void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0) + 0.5); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23bdfeee JS |
406 | |
407 | /** | |
408 | Sets the integer value of the dimension. | |
409 | */ | |
603f702b | 410 | void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23bdfeee JS |
411 | |
412 | /** | |
413 | Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags. | |
414 | */ | |
603f702b | 415 | void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
416 | |
417 | /** | |
418 | Sets the integer value and units. | |
419 | */ | |
603f702b | 420 | void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23bdfeee JS |
421 | |
422 | /** | |
423 | Sets the dimension. | |
424 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 425 | void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; } |
603f702b | 426 | |
23bdfeee JS |
427 | /** |
428 | Gets the units of the dimension. | |
429 | */ | |
24777478 | 430 | wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); } |
23bdfeee JS |
431 | |
432 | /** | |
433 | Sets the units of the dimension. | |
434 | */ | |
24777478 | 435 | void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; } |
603f702b | 436 | |
23bdfeee JS |
437 | /** |
438 | Gets the position flags. | |
439 | */ | |
24777478 | 440 | wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); } |
23bdfeee JS |
441 | |
442 | /** | |
443 | Sets the position flags. | |
444 | */ | |
24777478 | 445 | void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; } |
603f702b | 446 | |
23bdfeee JS |
447 | /** |
448 | Returns @true if the dimension is valid. | |
449 | */ | |
603f702b | 450 | bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
451 | |
452 | /** | |
453 | Sets the valid flag. | |
454 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
455 | void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); } |
456 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
457 | /** |
458 | Gets the dimension flags. | |
459 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 460 | wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
461 | |
462 | /** | |
463 | Sets the dimension flags. | |
464 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 465 | void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
603f702b | 466 | |
24777478 JS |
467 | int m_value; |
468 | wxTextAttrDimensionFlags m_flags; | |
469 | }; | |
ce00f59b | 470 | |
23bdfeee JS |
471 | /** |
472 | @class wxTextAttrDimensions | |
473 | A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions. | |
474 | ||
475 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
476 | @category{richtext} | |
477 | ||
478 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension | |
479 | */ | |
480 | ||
bec80f4f | 481 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensions |
24777478 JS |
482 | { |
483 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
484 | /** |
485 | Default constructor. | |
486 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
487 | wxTextAttrDimensions() {} |
488 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
489 | /** |
490 | Resets the value and flags for all dimensions. | |
491 | */ | |
24777478 | 492 | void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); } |
603f702b | 493 | |
23bdfeee JS |
494 | /** |
495 | Equality operator. | |
496 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 497 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; } |
603f702b | 498 | |
23bdfeee JS |
499 | /** |
500 | Partial equality test. | |
501 | ||
502 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 503 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const; |
24777478 | 504 | |
23bdfeee | 505 | /** |
d87098c0 | 506 | Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith. |
23bdfeee JS |
507 | |
508 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 509 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL); |
24777478 | 510 | |
23bdfeee JS |
511 | /** |
512 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
513 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
514 | ||
515 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 516 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr); |
24777478 | 517 | |
23bdfeee JS |
518 | /** |
519 | Remove specified attributes from this object. | |
520 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
521 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr); |
522 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
523 | /** |
524 | Gets the left dimension. | |
525 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
526 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; } |
527 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; } | |
528 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
529 | /** |
530 | Gets the right dimension. | |
531 | ||
532 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
533 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; } |
534 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; } | |
535 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
536 | /** |
537 | Gets the top dimension. | |
538 | ||
539 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
540 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; } |
541 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; } | |
542 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
543 | /** |
544 | Gets the bottom dimension. | |
545 | ||
546 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
547 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; } |
548 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 549 | |
eb3d8a33 JS |
550 | /** |
551 | Are all dimensions valid? | |
552 | ||
553 | */ | |
554 | bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); } | |
555 | ||
24777478 JS |
556 | wxTextAttrDimension m_left; |
557 | wxTextAttrDimension m_top; | |
558 | wxTextAttrDimension m_right; | |
559 | wxTextAttrDimension m_bottom; | |
560 | }; | |
561 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
562 | /** |
563 | @class wxTextAttrSize | |
564 | A class for representing width and height. | |
565 | ||
566 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
567 | @category{richtext} | |
568 | ||
569 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension | |
570 | */ | |
571 | ||
603f702b JS |
572 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrSize |
573 | { | |
574 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
575 | /** |
576 | Default constructor. | |
577 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
578 | wxTextAttrSize() {} |
579 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
580 | /** |
581 | Resets the width and height dimensions. | |
582 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
583 | void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); } |
584 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
585 | /** |
586 | Equality operator. | |
587 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
588 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; } |
589 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
590 | /** |
591 | Partial equality test. | |
592 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
593 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& dims) const; |
594 | ||
23bdfeee | 595 | /** |
d87098c0 | 596 | Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. |
23bdfeee | 597 | */ |
603f702b JS |
598 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL); |
599 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
600 | /** |
601 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
602 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
603 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
604 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr); |
605 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
606 | /** |
607 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
608 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
609 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr); |
610 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
611 | /** |
612 | Returns the width. | |
613 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
614 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; } |
615 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; } | |
616 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
617 | /** |
618 | Sets the width. | |
619 | */ | |
603f702b | 620 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); } |
303f0be7 | 621 | |
23bdfeee JS |
622 | /** |
623 | Sets the width. | |
624 | */ | |
603f702b | 625 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); } |
303f0be7 | 626 | |
23bdfeee JS |
627 | /** |
628 | Sets the width. | |
629 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
630 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); } |
631 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
632 | /** |
633 | Gets the height. | |
634 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
635 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; } |
636 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; } | |
637 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
638 | /** |
639 | Sets the height. | |
640 | */ | |
603f702b | 641 | void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); } |
303f0be7 | 642 | |
23bdfeee JS |
643 | /** |
644 | Sets the height. | |
645 | */ | |
603f702b | 646 | void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); } |
303f0be7 | 647 | |
23bdfeee JS |
648 | /** |
649 | Sets the height. | |
650 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
651 | void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); } |
652 | ||
303f0be7 JS |
653 | /** |
654 | Is the size valid? | |
655 | */ | |
656 | bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); } | |
657 | ||
603f702b JS |
658 | wxTextAttrDimension m_width; |
659 | wxTextAttrDimension m_height; | |
660 | }; | |
661 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
662 | /** |
663 | @class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter | |
664 | A class to make it easier to convert dimensions. | |
665 | ||
666 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
667 | @category{richtext} | |
668 | ||
669 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension | |
670 | */ | |
671 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
672 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensionConverter |
673 | { | |
674 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
675 | /** |
676 | Constructor. | |
677 | */ | |
8995db52 | 678 | wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
23bdfeee JS |
679 | /** |
680 | Constructor. | |
681 | */ | |
8995db52 | 682 | wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
603f702b | 683 | |
23bdfeee JS |
684 | /** |
685 | Gets the pixel size for the given dimension. | |
686 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 687 | int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const; |
23bdfeee JS |
688 | /** |
689 | Gets the mm size for the given dimension. | |
690 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
691 | int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const; |
692 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
693 | /** |
694 | Converts tenths of a mm to pixels. | |
695 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 696 | int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const; |
23bdfeee JS |
697 | /** |
698 | Converts pixels to tenths of a mm. | |
699 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
700 | int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const; |
701 | ||
702 | int m_ppi; | |
703 | double m_scale; | |
704 | wxSize m_parentSize; | |
705 | }; | |
706 | ||
706465df JS |
707 | /** |
708 | Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
709 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 710 | enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle |
24777478 JS |
711 | { |
712 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE = 0, | |
713 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID = 1, | |
714 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED = 2, | |
715 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED = 3, | |
716 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE = 4, | |
717 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE = 5, | |
718 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE = 6, | |
719 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET = 7, | |
720 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET = 8 | |
721 | }; | |
722 | ||
706465df JS |
723 | /** |
724 | Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
725 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 726 | enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags |
24777478 JS |
727 | { |
728 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE = 0x0001, | |
729 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR = 0x0002 | |
730 | }; | |
731 | ||
706465df JS |
732 | /** |
733 | Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
734 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
735 | enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth |
736 | { | |
737 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN = -1, | |
738 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM = -2, | |
739 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK = -3 | |
740 | }; | |
741 | ||
706465df JS |
742 | /** |
743 | Float styles. | |
744 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
745 | enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle |
746 | { | |
747 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE = 0, | |
748 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT = 1, | |
749 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT = 2 | |
750 | }; | |
751 | ||
706465df JS |
752 | /** |
753 | Clear styles. | |
754 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
755 | enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle |
756 | { | |
757 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE = 0, | |
758 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT = 1, | |
759 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT = 2, | |
760 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH = 3 | |
761 | }; | |
762 | ||
706465df JS |
763 | /** |
764 | Collapse mode styles. TODO: can they be switched on per side? | |
765 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
766 | enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode |
767 | { | |
768 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE = 0, | |
769 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL = 1 | |
770 | }; | |
771 | ||
706465df JS |
772 | /** |
773 | Vertical alignment values. | |
774 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
775 | enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment |
776 | { | |
777 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE = 0, | |
778 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP = 1, | |
779 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE = 2, | |
780 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM = 3 | |
781 | }; | |
782 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
783 | /** |
784 | @class wxTextAttrBorder | |
785 | A class representing a rich text object border. | |
786 | ||
787 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
788 | @category{richtext} | |
789 | ||
790 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders | |
791 | */ | |
792 | ||
bec80f4f | 793 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorder |
24777478 JS |
794 | { |
795 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
796 | /** |
797 | Default constructor. | |
798 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 799 | wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); } |
603f702b | 800 | |
23bdfeee JS |
801 | /** |
802 | Equality operator. | |
803 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 804 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const |
24777478 JS |
805 | { |
806 | return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle && | |
807 | m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth; | |
808 | } | |
809 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
810 | /** |
811 | Resets the border style, colour, width and flags. | |
812 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
813 | void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); } |
814 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
815 | /** |
816 | Partial equality test. | |
817 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 818 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const; |
cdaed652 | 819 | |
23bdfeee JS |
820 | /** |
821 | Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. | |
822 | ||
823 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 824 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL); |
24777478 | 825 | |
23bdfeee JS |
826 | /** |
827 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
828 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 829 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr); |
24777478 | 830 | |
23bdfeee JS |
831 | /** |
832 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
833 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
834 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 835 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr); |
24777478 | 836 | |
23bdfeee JS |
837 | /** |
838 | Sets the border style. | |
839 | */ | |
24777478 | 840 | void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; } |
23bdfeee JS |
841 | |
842 | /** | |
843 | Gets the border style. | |
844 | ||
845 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
846 | int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; } |
847 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
848 | /** |
849 | Sets the border colour. | |
850 | */ | |
24777478 | 851 | void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; } |
23bdfeee JS |
852 | |
853 | /** | |
854 | Sets the border colour. | |
855 | */ | |
24777478 | 856 | void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; } |
23bdfeee JS |
857 | |
858 | /** | |
859 | Gets the colour as a long. | |
860 | */ | |
24777478 | 861 | unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; } |
23bdfeee JS |
862 | |
863 | /** | |
864 | Gets the colour. | |
865 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
866 | wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); } |
867 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
868 | /** |
869 | Gets the border width. | |
870 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
871 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; } |
872 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; } | |
23bdfeee JS |
873 | |
874 | /** | |
875 | Sets the border width. | |
876 | */ | |
24777478 | 877 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; } |
23bdfeee JS |
878 | /** |
879 | Sets the border width. | |
880 | */ | |
603f702b | 881 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); } |
24777478 | 882 | |
23bdfeee JS |
883 | /** |
884 | True if the border has a valid style. | |
885 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 886 | bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
887 | |
888 | /** | |
889 | True if the border has a valid colour. | |
890 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 891 | bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
892 | |
893 | /** | |
894 | True if the border has a valid width. | |
895 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
896 | bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); } |
897 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
898 | /** |
899 | True if the border is valid. | |
900 | */ | |
603f702b | 901 | bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); } |
23bdfeee JS |
902 | |
903 | /** | |
904 | Set the valid flag for this border. | |
905 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
906 | void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); } |
907 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
908 | /** |
909 | Returns the border flags. | |
910 | */ | |
24777478 | 911 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
912 | |
913 | /** | |
914 | Sets the border flags. | |
915 | */ | |
24777478 | 916 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
917 | |
918 | /** | |
919 | Adds a border flag. | |
920 | */ | |
24777478 | 921 | void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; } |
23bdfeee JS |
922 | |
923 | /** | |
924 | Removes a border flag. | |
925 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
926 | void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } |
927 | ||
928 | int m_borderStyle; | |
929 | unsigned long m_borderColour; | |
930 | wxTextAttrDimension m_borderWidth; | |
931 | int m_flags; | |
932 | }; | |
933 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
934 | /** |
935 | @class wxTextAttrBorders | |
936 | A class representing a rich text object's borders. | |
937 | ||
938 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
939 | @category{richtext} | |
940 | ||
941 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder | |
942 | */ | |
943 | ||
bec80f4f | 944 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorders |
24777478 JS |
945 | { |
946 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
947 | /** |
948 | Default constructor. | |
949 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 950 | wxTextAttrBorders() { } |
ce00f59b | 951 | |
23bdfeee JS |
952 | /** |
953 | Equality operator. | |
954 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 955 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const |
24777478 JS |
956 | { |
957 | return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right && | |
958 | m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom; | |
959 | } | |
cdaed652 | 960 | |
23bdfeee JS |
961 | /** |
962 | Sets the style of all borders. | |
963 | */ | |
24777478 | 964 | void SetStyle(int style); |
ce00f59b | 965 | |
23bdfeee JS |
966 | /** |
967 | Sets colour of all borders. | |
968 | */ | |
24777478 | 969 | void SetColour(unsigned long colour); |
23bdfeee JS |
970 | |
971 | /** | |
972 | Sets the colour for all borders. | |
973 | */ | |
24777478 | 974 | void SetColour(const wxColour& colour); |
cdaed652 | 975 | |
23bdfeee JS |
976 | /** |
977 | Sets the width of all borders. | |
978 | */ | |
24777478 | 979 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width); |
23bdfeee JS |
980 | |
981 | /** | |
982 | Sets the width of all borders. | |
983 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
984 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); } |
985 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
986 | /** |
987 | Resets all borders. | |
988 | */ | |
24777478 | 989 | void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); } |
cdaed652 | 990 | |
23bdfeee JS |
991 | /** |
992 | Partial equality test. | |
993 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 994 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const; |
cdaed652 | 995 | |
23bdfeee JS |
996 | /** |
997 | Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. | |
998 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 999 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL); |
cdaed652 | 1000 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1001 | /** |
1002 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1003 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1004 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr); |
cdaed652 | 1005 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1006 | /** |
1007 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1008 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1009 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1010 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr); |
603f702b | 1011 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1012 | /** |
1013 | Returns @true if all borders are valid. | |
1014 | */ | |
603f702b | 1015 | bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); } |
cdaed652 | 1016 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1017 | /** |
1018 | Returns the left border. | |
1019 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1020 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; } |
1021 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; } | |
603f702b | 1022 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1023 | /** |
1024 | Returns the right border. | |
1025 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1026 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; } |
1027 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; } | |
603f702b | 1028 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1029 | /** |
1030 | Returns the top border. | |
1031 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1032 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; } |
1033 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; } | |
603f702b | 1034 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1035 | /** |
1036 | Returns the bottom border. | |
1037 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1038 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; } |
1039 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; } | |
603f702b | 1040 | |
bec80f4f | 1041 | wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom; |
cdaed652 | 1042 | |
24777478 JS |
1043 | }; |
1044 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1045 | /** |
1046 | @class wxTextBoxAttr | |
1047 | A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object. | |
1048 | ||
1049 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1050 | @category{richtext} | |
1051 | ||
1052 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1053 | */ | |
24777478 | 1054 | |
6ffb5e91 | 1055 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextBoxAttr |
24777478 JS |
1056 | { |
1057 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
1058 | /** |
1059 | Default constructor. | |
1060 | */ | |
24777478 | 1061 | wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1062 | |
1063 | /** | |
1064 | Copy constructor. | |
1065 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1066 | wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; } |
1067 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1068 | /** |
1069 | Initialises this object. | |
1070 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1071 | void Init() { Reset(); } |
1072 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1073 | /** |
1074 | Resets this object. | |
1075 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1076 | void Reset(); |
1077 | ||
bec80f4f | 1078 | // Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy |
24777478 JS |
1079 | //void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); |
1080 | ||
1081 | // Assignment | |
1082 | //void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); | |
1083 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1084 | /** |
1085 | Equality test. | |
1086 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1087 | bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const; |
1088 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1089 | /** |
1090 | Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. | |
1091 | ||
1092 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1093 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const; |
1094 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1095 | /** |
1096 | Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used | |
1097 | to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for | |
1098 | situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. | |
1099 | */ | |
24777478 | 1100 | bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
603f702b | 1101 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1102 | /** |
1103 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1104 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1105 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1106 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr); |
1107 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1108 | /** |
1109 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1110 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1111 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); |
1112 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1113 | /** |
1114 | Sets the flags. | |
1115 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1116 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
1117 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1118 | /** |
1119 | Returns the flags. | |
1120 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1121 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
1122 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1123 | /** |
1124 | Is this flag present? | |
1125 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1126 | bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; } |
1127 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1128 | /** |
1129 | Removes this flag. | |
1130 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1131 | void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } |
1132 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1133 | /** |
1134 | Adds this flag. | |
1135 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1136 | void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; } |
1137 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1138 | /** |
1139 | Returns @true if no attributes are set. | |
1140 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1141 | bool IsDefault() const; |
1142 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1143 | /** |
1144 | Returns the float mode. | |
1145 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1146 | wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; } |
1147 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1148 | /** |
1149 | Sets the float mode. | |
1150 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1151 | void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; } |
1152 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1153 | /** |
1154 | Returns @true if float mode is active. | |
1155 | */ | |
24777478 | 1156 | bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); } |
603f702b | 1157 | |
23bdfeee | 1158 | /** |
b3169c12 | 1159 | Returns @true if this object is floating. |
23bdfeee | 1160 | */ |
24777478 JS |
1161 | bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; } |
1162 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1163 | /** |
1164 | Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented. | |
1165 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1166 | wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; } |
1167 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1168 | /** |
1169 | Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented. | |
1170 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1171 | void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; } |
1172 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1173 | /** |
1174 | Returns @true if we have a clear flag. | |
1175 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1176 | bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); } |
1177 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1178 | /** |
1179 | Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented. | |
1180 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1181 | wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; } |
1182 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1183 | /** |
1184 | Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented. | |
1185 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1186 | void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; } |
1187 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1188 | /** |
1189 | Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present. | |
1190 | */ | |
24777478 | 1191 | bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); } |
603f702b | 1192 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1193 | /** |
1194 | Returns the vertical alignment. | |
1195 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1196 | wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; } |
1197 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1198 | /** |
1199 | Sets the vertical alignment. | |
1200 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1201 | void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; } |
1202 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1203 | /** |
1204 | Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present. | |
1205 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1206 | bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); } |
1207 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1208 | /** |
1209 | Returns the margin values. | |
1210 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1211 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; } |
1212 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; } | |
1213 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1214 | /** |
1215 | Returns the left margin. | |
1216 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1217 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; } |
1218 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; } | |
1219 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1220 | /** |
1221 | Returns the right margin. | |
1222 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1223 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; } |
1224 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; } | |
1225 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1226 | /** |
1227 | Returns the top margin. | |
1228 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1229 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; } |
1230 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; } | |
603f702b | 1231 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1232 | /** |
1233 | Returns the bottom margin. | |
1234 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1235 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; } |
1236 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; } | |
1237 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1238 | /** |
1239 | Returns the position. | |
1240 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1241 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; } |
1242 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; } | |
1243 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1244 | /** |
1245 | Returns the left position. | |
1246 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1247 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; } |
1248 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; } | |
1249 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1250 | /** |
1251 | Returns the right position. | |
1252 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1253 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; } |
1254 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; } | |
1255 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1256 | /** |
1257 | Returns the top position. | |
1258 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1259 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; } |
1260 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; } | |
603f702b | 1261 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1262 | /** |
1263 | Returns the bottom position. | |
1264 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1265 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; } |
1266 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; } | |
1267 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1268 | /** |
1269 | Returns the padding values. | |
1270 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1271 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; } |
1272 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; } | |
1273 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1274 | /** |
1275 | Returns the left padding value. | |
1276 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1277 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; } |
1278 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; } | |
603f702b | 1279 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1280 | /** |
1281 | Returns the right padding value. | |
1282 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1283 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; } |
1284 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; } | |
603f702b | 1285 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1286 | /** |
1287 | Returns the top padding value. | |
1288 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1289 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; } |
1290 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; } | |
1291 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1292 | /** |
1293 | Returns the bottom padding value. | |
1294 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1295 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; } |
1296 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 1297 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1298 | /** |
1299 | Returns the borders. | |
1300 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1301 | wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; } |
1302 | const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; } | |
24777478 | 1303 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1304 | /** |
1305 | Returns the left border. | |
1306 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1307 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; } |
1308 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; } | |
24777478 | 1309 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1310 | /** |
1311 | Returns the top border. | |
1312 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1313 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; } |
1314 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; } | |
24777478 | 1315 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1316 | /** |
1317 | Returns the right border. | |
1318 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1319 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; } |
1320 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; } | |
24777478 | 1321 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1322 | /** |
1323 | Returns the bottom border. | |
1324 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1325 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; } |
1326 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 1327 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1328 | /** |
1329 | Returns the outline. | |
1330 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1331 | wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; } |
1332 | const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; } | |
24777478 | 1333 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1334 | /** |
1335 | Returns the left outline. | |
1336 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1337 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; } |
1338 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; } | |
24777478 | 1339 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1340 | /** |
1341 | Returns the top outline. | |
1342 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1343 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; } |
1344 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; } | |
24777478 | 1345 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1346 | /** |
1347 | Returns the right outline. | |
1348 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1349 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; } |
1350 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; } | |
24777478 | 1351 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1352 | /** |
1353 | Returns the bottom outline. | |
1354 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1355 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; } |
1356 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 1357 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1358 | /** |
1359 | Returns the object size. | |
1360 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1361 | wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; } |
1362 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; } | |
24777478 | 1363 | |
303f0be7 JS |
1364 | /** |
1365 | Returns the object minimum size. | |
1366 | */ | |
1367 | ||
1368 | wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; } | |
1369 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; } | |
1370 | ||
1371 | /** | |
1372 | Returns the object maximum size. | |
1373 | */ | |
1374 | ||
1375 | wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; } | |
1376 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; } | |
1377 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1378 | /** |
1379 | Sets the object size. | |
1380 | */ | |
603f702b | 1381 | void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } |
24777478 | 1382 | |
303f0be7 JS |
1383 | /** |
1384 | Sets the object minimum size. | |
1385 | */ | |
1386 | void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; } | |
1387 | ||
1388 | /** | |
1389 | Sets the object maximum size. | |
1390 | */ | |
1391 | void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; } | |
1392 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1393 | /** |
1394 | Returns the object width. | |
1395 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1396 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; } |
1397 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; } | |
1398 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1399 | /** |
1400 | Returns the object height. | |
1401 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1402 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; } |
1403 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; } | |
24777478 | 1404 | |
2f987d83 JS |
1405 | /** |
1406 | Returns the box style name. | |
1407 | */ | |
1408 | const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; } | |
1409 | ||
1410 | /** | |
1411 | Sets the box style name. | |
1412 | */ | |
1413 | void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); } | |
1414 | ||
1415 | /** | |
1416 | Returns @true if the box style name is present. | |
1417 | */ | |
1418 | bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); } | |
1419 | ||
24777478 JS |
1420 | public: |
1421 | ||
603f702b | 1422 | int m_flags; |
24777478 | 1423 | |
603f702b JS |
1424 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_margins; |
1425 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_padding; | |
1426 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_position; | |
24777478 | 1427 | |
603f702b | 1428 | wxTextAttrSize m_size; |
303f0be7 JS |
1429 | wxTextAttrSize m_minSize; |
1430 | wxTextAttrSize m_maxSize; | |
24777478 | 1431 | |
603f702b JS |
1432 | wxTextAttrBorders m_border; |
1433 | wxTextAttrBorders m_outline; | |
1434 | ||
1435 | wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle m_floatMode; | |
1436 | wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle m_clearMode; | |
1437 | wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode m_collapseMode; | |
1438 | wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment m_verticalAlignment; | |
2f987d83 | 1439 | wxString m_boxStyleName; |
24777478 JS |
1440 | }; |
1441 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1442 | /** |
1443 | @class wxRichTextAttr | |
1444 | A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects. | |
1445 | This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class. | |
1446 | ||
1447 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1448 | @category{richtext} | |
1449 | ||
1450 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1451 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1452 | |
1453 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr | |
1454 | { | |
1455 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
1456 | /** |
1457 | Constructor taking a wxTextAttr. | |
1458 | */ | |
24777478 | 1459 | wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1460 | |
1461 | /** | |
1462 | Copy constructor. | |
1463 | */ | |
603f702b | 1464 | wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1465 | |
1466 | /** | |
1467 | Default constructor. | |
1468 | */ | |
24777478 | 1469 | wxRichTextAttr() {} |
603f702b | 1470 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1471 | /** |
1472 | Copy function. | |
1473 | */ | |
24777478 | 1474 | void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); |
603f702b | 1475 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1476 | /** |
1477 | Assignment operator. | |
1478 | */ | |
24777478 | 1479 | void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1480 | |
1481 | /** | |
1482 | Assignment operator. | |
1483 | */ | |
24777478 | 1484 | void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); } |
603f702b | 1485 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1486 | /** |
1487 | Equality test. | |
1488 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1489 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; |
1490 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1491 | /** |
1492 | Partial equality test taking comparison object into account. | |
1493 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1494 | bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; |
1495 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1496 | /** |
1497 | Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith | |
1498 | is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style | |
1499 | and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. | |
1500 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1501 | bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
1502 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1503 | /** |
1504 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1505 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1506 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1507 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr); |
1508 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1509 | /** |
1510 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1511 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1512 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); |
1513 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1514 | /** |
1515 | Returns the text box attributes. | |
1516 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1517 | wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; } |
1518 | const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; } | |
23bdfeee JS |
1519 | |
1520 | /** | |
1521 | Set the text box attributes. | |
1522 | */ | |
24777478 | 1523 | void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; } |
603f702b | 1524 | |
24777478 | 1525 | wxTextBoxAttr m_textBoxAttr; |
cdaed652 VZ |
1526 | }; |
1527 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
1528 | WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVariant, wxRichTextVariantArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT); |
1529 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1530 | /** |
1531 | @class wxRichTextProperties | |
1532 | A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the | |
1533 | ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application. | |
1534 | ||
1535 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1536 | @category{richtext} | |
1537 | ||
1538 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1539 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1540 | |
1541 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject | |
1542 | { | |
1543 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties) | |
1544 | public: | |
343ef639 JS |
1545 | |
1546 | /** | |
1547 | Default constructor. | |
1548 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1549 | wxRichTextProperties() {} |
343ef639 JS |
1550 | |
1551 | /** | |
1552 | Copy constructor. | |
1553 | */ | |
603f702b | 1554 | wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); } |
bec80f4f | 1555 | |
343ef639 JS |
1556 | /** |
1557 | Assignment operator. | |
1558 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1559 | void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); } |
343ef639 JS |
1560 | |
1561 | /** | |
1562 | Equality operator. | |
1563 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1564 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1565 | |
1566 | /** | |
1567 | Copies from @a props. | |
1568 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1569 | void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; } |
343ef639 JS |
1570 | |
1571 | /** | |
1572 | Returns the variant at the given index. | |
1573 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1574 | const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; } |
343ef639 JS |
1575 | |
1576 | /** | |
1577 | Returns the variant at the given index. | |
1578 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1579 | wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; } |
343ef639 JS |
1580 | |
1581 | /** | |
1582 | Clears the properties. | |
1583 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1584 | void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); } |
1585 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1586 | /** |
1587 | Returns the array of variants implementing the properties. | |
1588 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1589 | const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; } |
343ef639 JS |
1590 | |
1591 | /** | |
1592 | Returns the array of variants implementing the properties. | |
1593 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1594 | wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; } |
343ef639 JS |
1595 | |
1596 | /** | |
1597 | Sets the array of variants. | |
1598 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1599 | void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; } |
1600 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1601 | /** |
1602 | Returns all the property names. | |
1603 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1604 | wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const; |
1605 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1606 | /** |
1607 | Returns a count of the properties. | |
1608 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1609 | size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); } |
1610 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1611 | /** |
1612 | Returns @true if the given property is found. | |
1613 | */ | |
1614 | bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; } | |
bec80f4f | 1615 | |
343ef639 JS |
1616 | /** |
1617 | Finds the given property. | |
1618 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1619 | int Find(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 | 1620 | |
590a0f8b JS |
1621 | /** |
1622 | Removes the given property. | |
1623 | */ | |
1624 | bool Remove(const wxString& name); | |
1625 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1626 | /** |
1627 | Gets the property variant by name. | |
1628 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1629 | const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1630 | |
1631 | /** | |
1632 | Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant. | |
1633 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1634 | wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name); |
1635 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1636 | /** |
1637 | Gets the value of the named property as a string. | |
1638 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1639 | wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1640 | |
1641 | /** | |
1642 | Gets the value of the named property as a long integer. | |
1643 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1644 | long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1645 | |
1646 | /** | |
1647 | Gets the value of the named property as a boolean. | |
1648 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1649 | bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1650 | |
1651 | /** | |
1652 | Gets the value of the named property as a double. | |
1653 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1654 | double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const; |
1655 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1656 | /** |
1657 | Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value. | |
1658 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1659 | void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant); |
343ef639 JS |
1660 | |
1661 | /** | |
1662 | Sets a property by name and variant. | |
1663 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1664 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant); |
343ef639 JS |
1665 | |
1666 | /** | |
1667 | Sets a property by name and string value. | |
1668 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1669 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value); |
343ef639 JS |
1670 | |
1671 | /** | |
1672 | Sets property by name and long integer value. | |
1673 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1674 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value); |
343ef639 JS |
1675 | |
1676 | /** | |
1677 | Sets property by name and double value. | |
1678 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1679 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value); |
343ef639 JS |
1680 | |
1681 | /** | |
1682 | Sets property by name and boolean value. | |
1683 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1684 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value); |
1685 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
1686 | /** |
1687 | Removes the given properties from these properties. | |
1688 | */ | |
1689 | void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties); | |
1690 | ||
1691 | /** | |
1692 | Merges the given properties with these properties. | |
1693 | */ | |
1694 | void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties); | |
1695 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
1696 | protected: |
1697 | wxRichTextVariantArray m_properties; | |
1698 | }; | |
1699 | ||
1700 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1701 | /** |
1702 | @class wxRichTextFontTable | |
1703 | Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text. | |
1704 | ||
1705 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1706 | @category{richtext} | |
1707 | ||
1708 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1709 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1710 | |
44cc96a8 JS |
1711 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject |
1712 | { | |
1713 | public: | |
343ef639 JS |
1714 | /** |
1715 | Default constructor. | |
1716 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1717 | wxRichTextFontTable(); |
42688aea | 1718 | |
343ef639 JS |
1719 | /** |
1720 | Copy constructor. | |
1721 | */ | |
44cc96a8 JS |
1722 | wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table); |
1723 | virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable(); | |
5d7836c4 | 1724 | |
343ef639 JS |
1725 | /** |
1726 | Returns @true if the font table is valid. | |
1727 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1728 | bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; } |
5d7836c4 | 1729 | |
343ef639 JS |
1730 | /** |
1731 | Finds a font for the given attribute object. | |
1732 | */ | |
24777478 | 1733 | wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec); |
343ef639 JS |
1734 | |
1735 | /** | |
1736 | Clears the font table. | |
1737 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1738 | void Clear(); |
d2d0adc7 | 1739 | |
343ef639 JS |
1740 | /** |
1741 | Assignment operator. | |
1742 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1743 | void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table); |
343ef639 JS |
1744 | |
1745 | /** | |
1746 | Equality operator. | |
1747 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1748 | bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1749 | |
1750 | /** | |
1751 | Inequality operator. | |
1752 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1753 | bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); } |
d2d0adc7 | 1754 | |
44cc96a8 | 1755 | protected: |
d2d0adc7 | 1756 | |
44cc96a8 JS |
1757 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable) |
1758 | }; | |
d2d0adc7 | 1759 | |
343ef639 JS |
1760 | /** |
1761 | @class wxRichTextRange | |
1762 | ||
1763 | This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data. | |
1764 | ||
1765 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1766 | @category{richtext} | |
1767 | ||
1768 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1769 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1770 | |
3b2cb431 | 1771 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRange |
5d7836c4 JS |
1772 | { |
1773 | public: | |
1774 | // Constructors | |
1775 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1776 | /** |
1777 | Default constructor. | |
1778 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1779 | wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; } |
343ef639 JS |
1780 | |
1781 | /** | |
1782 | Constructor taking start and end positions. | |
1783 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1784 | wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; } |
343ef639 JS |
1785 | |
1786 | /** | |
1787 | Copy constructor. | |
1788 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1789 | wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; } |
1790 | ~wxRichTextRange() {} | |
1791 | ||
343ef639 | 1792 | /** |
706465df | 1793 | Assigns @a range to this range. |
343ef639 | 1794 | */ |
5d7836c4 | 1795 | void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; } |
343ef639 JS |
1796 | |
1797 | /** | |
706465df | 1798 | Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range. |
343ef639 | 1799 | */ |
38113684 | 1800 | bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); } |
343ef639 JS |
1801 | |
1802 | /** | |
1803 | Inequality operator. | |
1804 | */ | |
e0983733 | 1805 | bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); } |
343ef639 JS |
1806 | |
1807 | /** | |
1808 | Subtracts a range from this range. | |
1809 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1810 | wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); } |
343ef639 JS |
1811 | |
1812 | /** | |
1813 | Adds a range to this range. | |
1814 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1815 | wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); } |
1816 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1817 | /** |
1818 | Sets the range start and end positions. | |
1819 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1820 | void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; } |
1821 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1822 | /** |
1823 | Sets the start position. | |
1824 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1825 | void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; } |
343ef639 JS |
1826 | |
1827 | /** | |
1828 | Returns the start position. | |
1829 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1830 | long GetStart() const { return m_start; } |
1831 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1832 | /** |
1833 | Sets the end position. | |
1834 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1835 | void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; } |
343ef639 JS |
1836 | |
1837 | /** | |
1838 | Gets the end position. | |
1839 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1840 | long GetEnd() const { return m_end; } |
1841 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1842 | /** |
1843 | Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range. | |
1844 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1845 | bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; } |
1846 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1847 | /** |
1848 | Returns true if this range is completely within @a range. | |
1849 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1850 | bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; } |
1851 | ||
343ef639 | 1852 | /** |
706465df | 1853 | Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty. |
343ef639 | 1854 | */ |
5d7836c4 JS |
1855 | bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; } |
1856 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1857 | /** |
1858 | Limit this range to be within @a range. | |
1859 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1860 | bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ; |
1861 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1862 | /** |
1863 | Gets the length of the range. | |
1864 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1865 | long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; } |
1866 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1867 | /** |
1868 | Swaps the start and end. | |
1869 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1870 | void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; } |
1871 | ||
343ef639 | 1872 | /** |
706465df JS |
1873 | Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in |
1874 | the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character | |
1875 | positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position. | |
1876 | (n, n) is the range of a single character. | |
343ef639 | 1877 | */ |
96c9f0f6 JS |
1878 | wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); } |
1879 | ||
343ef639 | 1880 | /** |
706465df JS |
1881 | Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions |
1882 | of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last | |
1883 | character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position. | |
1884 | (n, n+1) is the range of a single character. | |
343ef639 | 1885 | */ |
96c9f0f6 JS |
1886 | wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); } |
1887 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
1888 | protected: |
1889 | long m_start; | |
1890 | long m_end; | |
1891 | }; | |
1892 | ||
603f702b JS |
1893 | WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRange, wxRichTextRangeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT); |
1894 | ||
1e967276 JS |
1895 | #define wxRICHTEXT_ALL wxRichTextRange(-2, -2) |
1896 | #define wxRICHTEXT_NONE wxRichTextRange(-1, -1) | |
1897 | ||
603f702b JS |
1898 | #define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2) |
1899 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1900 | /** |
1901 | @class wxRichTextSelection | |
1902 | ||
1903 | Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous | |
1904 | selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist | |
1905 | of a set of non-contiguous positions). | |
1906 | ||
1907 | The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It | |
1908 | follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container. | |
1909 | ||
1910 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1911 | @category{richtext} | |
1912 | ||
1913 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1914 | */ | |
1915 | ||
603f702b JS |
1916 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextSelection |
1917 | { | |
1918 | public: | |
343ef639 JS |
1919 | /** |
1920 | Copy constructor. | |
1921 | */ | |
603f702b | 1922 | wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); } |
343ef639 JS |
1923 | |
1924 | /** | |
1925 | Creates a selection from a range and a container. | |
1926 | */ | |
603f702b | 1927 | wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; } |
343ef639 JS |
1928 | |
1929 | /** | |
1930 | Default constructor. | |
1931 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1932 | wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); } |
1933 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1934 | /** |
1935 | Resets the selection. | |
1936 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1937 | void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; } |
1938 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1939 | /** |
1940 | Sets the selection. | |
1941 | */ | |
1942 | ||
603f702b JS |
1943 | void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) |
1944 | { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; } | |
1945 | ||
343ef639 | 1946 | /** |
706465df | 1947 | Adds a range to the selection. |
343ef639 | 1948 | */ |
603f702b JS |
1949 | void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range) |
1950 | { m_ranges.Add(range); } | |
1951 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1952 | /** |
1953 | Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object. | |
1954 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1955 | void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) |
1956 | { m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; } | |
1957 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1958 | /** |
1959 | Copies from @a sel. | |
1960 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1961 | void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) |
1962 | { m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; } | |
1963 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1964 | /** |
1965 | Assignment operator. | |
1966 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1967 | void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); } |
1968 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1969 | /** |
1970 | Equality operator. | |
1971 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1972 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const; |
1973 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1974 | /** |
1975 | Index operator. | |
1976 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1977 | wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); } |
1978 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1979 | /** |
1980 | Returns the selection ranges. | |
1981 | */ | |
603f702b | 1982 | wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; } |
343ef639 JS |
1983 | |
1984 | /** | |
1985 | Returns the selection ranges. | |
1986 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1987 | const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; } |
1988 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1989 | /** |
1990 | Sets the selection ranges. | |
1991 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1992 | void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; } |
1993 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1994 | /** |
1995 | Returns the number of ranges in the selection. | |
1996 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1997 | size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); } |
1998 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1999 | /** |
2000 | Returns the range at the given index. | |
2001 | ||
2002 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2003 | wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; } |
2004 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2005 | /** |
2006 | Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION. | |
2007 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2008 | wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; } |
2009 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2010 | /** |
2011 | Sets a single range. | |
2012 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2013 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); } |
2014 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2015 | /** |
2016 | Returns the container for which the selection is valid. | |
2017 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2018 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; } |
2019 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2020 | /** |
2021 | Sets the container for which the selection is valid. | |
2022 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2023 | void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; } |
2024 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2025 | /** |
2026 | Returns @true if the selection is valid. | |
2027 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2028 | bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); } |
2029 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2030 | /** |
2031 | Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none | |
2032 | at the level of the object's container. | |
2033 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2034 | wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; |
2035 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2036 | /** |
2037 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection. | |
2038 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2039 | bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const; |
2040 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2041 | /** |
2042 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection. | |
2043 | ||
2044 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2045 | bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); } |
2046 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2047 | /** |
2048 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range. | |
2049 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2050 | static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges); |
2051 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2052 | /** |
2053 | Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range. | |
2054 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2055 | static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges); |
2056 | ||
2057 | wxRichTextRangeArray m_ranges; | |
2058 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_container; | |
2059 | }; | |
2060 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
2061 | /** |
2062 | @class wxRichTextDrawingContext | |
2063 | ||
2064 | A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions. | |
2065 | ||
2066 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2067 | @category{richtext} | |
2068 | ||
2069 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2070 | */ | |
2071 | ||
2072 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject | |
2073 | { | |
2074 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingContext) | |
2075 | public: | |
2076 | ||
2077 | /** | |
2078 | Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information | |
2079 | such as virtual attributes. | |
2080 | */ | |
2081 | wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { Init(); m_buffer = buffer; } | |
2082 | ||
2083 | void Init() { m_buffer = NULL; } | |
2084 | ||
2085 | /** | |
2086 | Does this object have virtual attributes? | |
2087 | Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without | |
2088 | affecting the actual styling. | |
2089 | */ | |
2090 | bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2091 | ||
2092 | /** | |
2093 | Returns the virtual attributes for this object. | |
2094 | Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without | |
2095 | affecting the actual styling. | |
2096 | */ | |
2097 | wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2098 | ||
2099 | /** | |
2100 | Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object. | |
2101 | */ | |
2102 | bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2103 | ||
2104 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer; | |
2105 | }; | |
2106 | ||
706465df JS |
2107 | /** |
2108 | @class wxRichTextObject | |
2109 | ||
2110 | This is the base for drawable rich text objects. | |
2111 | ||
2112 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2113 | @category{richtext} | |
2114 | ||
2115 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2116 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2117 | |
3b2cb431 | 2118 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
2119 | { |
2120 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextObject) | |
2121 | public: | |
706465df JS |
2122 | /** |
2123 | Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer. | |
2124 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2125 | wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); |
706465df | 2126 | |
d3c7fc99 | 2127 | virtual ~wxRichTextObject(); |
5d7836c4 | 2128 | |
d13b34d3 | 2129 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 2130 | |
706465df JS |
2131 | /** |
2132 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
2133 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
2134 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2135 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0; |
5d7836c4 | 2136 | |
706465df JS |
2137 | /** |
2138 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2139 | Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object, |
2140 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size | |
2141 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
706465df | 2142 | */ |
8db2e3ef | 2143 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0; |
5d7836c4 | 2144 | |
706465df JS |
2145 | /** |
2146 | Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus | |
7afd2b58 | 2147 | information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object |
706465df | 2148 | position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity. |
7afd2b58 | 2149 | @ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself |
706465df | 2150 | if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object. |
7afd2b58 JS |
2151 | |
2152 | The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found. | |
2153 | @a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer). | |
2154 | ||
71185527 JS |
2155 | Pass wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS if you only want to consider objects |
2156 | directly under the object you are calling HitTest on. Otherwise, it will recurse | |
2157 | and potentially find a nested object. | |
2158 | ||
7afd2b58 | 2159 | @return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values. |
706465df | 2160 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 2161 | |
8db2e3ef | 2162 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 2163 | |
706465df JS |
2164 | /** |
2165 | Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position. | |
2166 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2167 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context), long WXUNUSED(index), wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(height), bool WXUNUSED(forceLineStart)) { return false; } |
5d7836c4 | 2168 | |
706465df JS |
2169 | /** |
2170 | Returns the best size, i.e. the ideal starting size for this object irrespective | |
2171 | of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses | |
2172 | the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example. | |
2173 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2174 | virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const { return m_size; } |
2175 | ||
603f702b | 2176 | /** |
706465df | 2177 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range |
603f702b JS |
2178 | is invalid for this object. |
2179 | */ | |
2180 | ||
8db2e3ef | 2181 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0; |
5d7836c4 | 2182 | |
706465df JS |
2183 | /** |
2184 | Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting | |
2185 | the first part in 'this'. | |
2186 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2187 | virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long WXUNUSED(pos)) { return NULL; } |
2188 | ||
706465df JS |
2189 | /** |
2190 | Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long. | |
2191 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2192 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) { end = start ; m_range.SetRange(start, end); } |
2193 | ||
706465df JS |
2194 | /** |
2195 | Deletes the given range. | |
2196 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2197 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) { return false; } |
2198 | ||
706465df JS |
2199 | /** |
2200 | Returns @true if the object is empty. | |
2201 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2202 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; } |
2203 | ||
706465df JS |
2204 | /** |
2205 | Returns @true if this class of object is floatable. | |
2206 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
2207 | virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return false; } |
2208 | ||
706465df JS |
2209 | /** |
2210 | Returns @true if this object is currently floating. | |
2211 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2212 | virtual bool IsFloating() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().IsFloating(); } |
cdaed652 | 2213 | |
706465df JS |
2214 | /** |
2215 | Returns the floating direction. | |
2216 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2217 | virtual int GetFloatDirection() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(); } |
cdaed652 | 2218 | |
706465df JS |
2219 | /** |
2220 | Returns any text in this object for the given range. | |
2221 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2222 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) const { return wxEmptyString; } |
2223 | ||
706465df JS |
2224 | /** |
2225 | Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one. | |
2226 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2227 | virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object)) const { return false; } |
2228 | ||
706465df JS |
2229 | /** |
2230 | Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one. | |
2231 | The calling code will then delete the given object. | |
2232 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2233 | virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object)) { return false; } |
2234 | ||
706465df JS |
2235 | /** |
2236 | Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging. | |
2237 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2238 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); |
ce00f59b | 2239 | |
706465df JS |
2240 | /** |
2241 | Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI. | |
2242 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
2243 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return false; } |
2244 | ||
706465df JS |
2245 | /** |
2246 | Edits the object's properties via a GUI. | |
2247 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 2248 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; } |
5d7836c4 | 2249 | |
706465df JS |
2250 | /** |
2251 | Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item. | |
2252 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2253 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxEmptyString; } |
2254 | ||
706465df JS |
2255 | /** |
2256 | Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject | |
2257 | is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus, | |
2258 | but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead). | |
2259 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2260 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } |
2261 | ||
bec80f4f | 2262 | #if wxUSE_XML |
706465df JS |
2263 | /** |
2264 | Imports this object from XML. | |
2265 | */ | |
603f702b | 2266 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
2267 | #endif |
2268 | ||
2269 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
706465df JS |
2270 | /** |
2271 | Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy. | |
2272 | This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be | |
2273 | implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the | |
2274 | more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default). | |
2275 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
2276 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2277 | #endif | |
2278 | ||
2279 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
706465df JS |
2280 | /** |
2281 | Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node. | |
2282 | This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for | |
2283 | switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined | |
2284 | (on by default). | |
2285 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
2286 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2287 | #endif | |
2288 | ||
706465df JS |
2289 | /** |
2290 | Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't). | |
2291 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2292 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return true; } |
603f702b | 2293 | |
706465df JS |
2294 | /** |
2295 | Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work. | |
2296 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
2297 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("unknown"); } |
2298 | ||
706465df JS |
2299 | /** |
2300 | Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object. | |
2301 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2302 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
2303 | ||
706465df JS |
2304 | /** |
2305 | Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table. | |
2306 | Required for composite selection handling to work. | |
2307 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2308 | virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return false; } |
2309 | ||
706465df JS |
2310 | /** |
2311 | Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions. | |
2312 | For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table. | |
2313 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2314 | virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long WXUNUSED(start), long WXUNUSED(end)) const { return wxRichTextSelection(); } |
2315 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2316 | // Accessors |
2317 | ||
706465df JS |
2318 | /** |
2319 | Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout. | |
2320 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2321 | virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const { return m_size; } |
706465df JS |
2322 | |
2323 | /** | |
2324 | Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout. | |
2325 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2326 | virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } |
2327 | ||
706465df JS |
2328 | /** |
2329 | Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2330 | us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required. | |
2331 | */ | |
603f702b | 2332 | virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; } |
706465df JS |
2333 | |
2334 | /** | |
2335 | Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2336 | us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required. | |
2337 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2338 | virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; } |
2339 | ||
706465df JS |
2340 | /** |
2341 | Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2342 | us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary. | |
2343 | */ | |
603f702b | 2344 | virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; } |
706465df JS |
2345 | |
2346 | /** | |
2347 | Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2348 | us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary. | |
2349 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2350 | virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; } |
2351 | ||
706465df JS |
2352 | /** |
2353 | Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the | |
2354 | image size. | |
2355 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2356 | virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const { return wxTextAttrSize(); } |
2357 | ||
706465df JS |
2358 | /** |
2359 | Returns the object position in pixels. | |
2360 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2361 | virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } |
706465df JS |
2362 | |
2363 | /** | |
2364 | Sets the object position in pixels. | |
2365 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2366 | virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } |
2367 | ||
706465df JS |
2368 | /** |
2369 | Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy. | |
2370 | TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the | |
2371 | top of the coordinate space. | |
2372 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2373 | virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const; |
2374 | ||
706465df JS |
2375 | /** |
2376 | Returns the rectangle enclosing the object. | |
2377 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2378 | virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()); } |
2379 | ||
706465df JS |
2380 | /** |
2381 | Sets the object's range within its container. | |
2382 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2383 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
2384 | ||
706465df JS |
2385 | /** |
2386 | Returns the object's range. | |
2387 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2388 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
706465df JS |
2389 | |
2390 | /** | |
2391 | Returns the object's range. | |
2392 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2393 | wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; } |
2394 | ||
706465df JS |
2395 | /** |
2396 | Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space. | |
2397 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2398 | void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ownRange = range; } |
2399 | ||
706465df JS |
2400 | /** |
2401 | Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level). | |
2402 | */ | |
603f702b | 2403 | const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const { return m_ownRange; } |
706465df JS |
2404 | |
2405 | /** | |
2406 | Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level). | |
2407 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2408 | wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() { return m_ownRange; } |
2409 | ||
706465df JS |
2410 | /** |
2411 | Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object. | |
2412 | */ | |
603f702b | 2413 | wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const { return IsTopLevel() ? m_ownRange : m_range; } |
5d7836c4 | 2414 | |
706465df | 2415 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 2416 | Returns @true if this object is composite. |
706465df | 2417 | */ |
5d7836c4 JS |
2418 | virtual bool IsComposite() const { return false; } |
2419 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
2420 | /** |
2421 | Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects, | |
2422 | @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited. | |
2423 | */ | |
2424 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; } | |
2425 | ||
706465df JS |
2426 | /** |
2427 | Returns a pointer to the parent object. | |
2428 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2429 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const { return m_parent; } |
706465df JS |
2430 | |
2431 | /** | |
2432 | Sets the pointer to the parent object. | |
2433 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2434 | virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent) { m_parent = parent; } |
2435 | ||
706465df JS |
2436 | /** |
2437 | Returns the top-level container of this object. | |
2438 | May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return | |
2439 | a different container. | |
2440 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2441 | virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const; |
2442 | ||
706465df JS |
2443 | /** |
2444 | Returns the top-level container of this object. | |
2445 | Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL. | |
2446 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2447 | virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const { return GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetContainer() : GetContainer(); } |
2448 | ||
706465df JS |
2449 | /** |
2450 | Set the margin around the object, in pixels. | |
2451 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2452 | virtual void SetMargins(int margin); |
706465df JS |
2453 | |
2454 | /** | |
2455 | Set the margin around the object, in pixels. | |
2456 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2457 | virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin); |
706465df JS |
2458 | |
2459 | /** | |
2460 | Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2461 | */ | |
603f702b | 2462 | virtual int GetLeftMargin() const; |
706465df JS |
2463 | |
2464 | /** | |
2465 | Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2466 | */ | |
603f702b | 2467 | virtual int GetRightMargin() const; |
706465df JS |
2468 | |
2469 | /** | |
2470 | Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2471 | */ | |
603f702b | 2472 | virtual int GetTopMargin() const; |
706465df JS |
2473 | |
2474 | /** | |
2475 | Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2476 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2477 | virtual int GetBottomMargin() const; |
2478 | ||
706465df JS |
2479 | /** |
2480 | Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the | |
2481 | margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes. | |
2482 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2483 | virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const; |
603f702b | 2484 | |
706465df JS |
2485 | /** |
2486 | Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr, | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2487 | lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space |
2488 | for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and | |
2489 | sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained | |
2490 | in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace. | |
2491 | (If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.) | |
706465df | 2492 | */ |
8db2e3ef | 2493 | virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2494 | const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, |
2495 | const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style); | |
5d7836c4 | 2496 | |
706465df JS |
2497 | /** |
2498 | Sets the object's attributes. | |
2499 | */ | |
24777478 | 2500 | void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { m_attributes = attr; } |
706465df JS |
2501 | |
2502 | /** | |
2503 | Returns the object's attributes. | |
2504 | */ | |
24777478 | 2505 | const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; } |
706465df JS |
2506 | |
2507 | /** | |
2508 | Returns the object's attributes. | |
2509 | */ | |
24777478 | 2510 | wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; } |
603f702b | 2511 | |
706465df | 2512 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 2513 | Returns the object's properties. |
706465df | 2514 | */ |
bec80f4f | 2515 | wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() { return m_properties; } |
706465df JS |
2516 | |
2517 | /** | |
2518 | Returns the object's properties. | |
2519 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2520 | const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; } |
706465df JS |
2521 | |
2522 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 2523 | Sets the object's properties. |
706465df | 2524 | */ |
bec80f4f | 2525 | void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props; } |
5d7836c4 | 2526 | |
706465df JS |
2527 | /** |
2528 | Sets the stored descent value. | |
2529 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2530 | void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; } |
706465df JS |
2531 | |
2532 | /** | |
2533 | Returns the stored descent value. | |
2534 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2535 | int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; } |
2536 | ||
706465df JS |
2537 | /** |
2538 | Returns the containing buffer. | |
2539 | */ | |
44219ff0 JS |
2540 | wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const; |
2541 | ||
706465df JS |
2542 | /** |
2543 | Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key. | |
2544 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2545 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_properties.SetProperty(wxT("name"), name); } |
2546 | ||
706465df JS |
2547 | /** |
2548 | Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key. | |
2549 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2550 | wxString GetName() const { return m_properties.GetPropertyString(wxT("name")); } |
2551 | ||
706465df JS |
2552 | /** |
2553 | Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box. | |
2554 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2555 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; } |
2556 | ||
706465df JS |
2557 | /** |
2558 | Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise. | |
2559 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2560 | bool IsShown() const { return m_show; } |
2561 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2562 | // Operations |
2563 | ||
706465df JS |
2564 | /** |
2565 | Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be | |
2566 | laid out or redrawn. | |
2567 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2568 | virtual void Show(bool show) { m_show = show; } |
2569 | ||
706465df JS |
2570 | /** |
2571 | Clones the object. | |
2572 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2573 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return NULL; } |
2574 | ||
706465df JS |
2575 | /** |
2576 | Copies the object. | |
2577 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2578 | void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj); |
2579 | ||
706465df JS |
2580 | /** |
2581 | Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple | |
2582 | lists (not yet used). | |
2583 | */ | |
2584 | ||
5d7836c4 | 2585 | void Reference() { m_refCount ++; } |
706465df JS |
2586 | |
2587 | /** | |
2588 | Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple | |
2589 | lists (not yet used). | |
2590 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2591 | void Dereference(); |
2592 | ||
706465df JS |
2593 | /** |
2594 | Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new. | |
2595 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2596 | virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt); |
2597 | ||
706465df JS |
2598 | /** |
2599 | Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units. | |
2600 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 2601 | int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const; |
706465df JS |
2602 | |
2603 | /** | |
2604 | Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units. | |
2605 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2606 | static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0); |
5d7836c4 | 2607 | |
706465df JS |
2608 | /** |
2609 | Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre. | |
2610 | */ | |
24777478 | 2611 | int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const; |
706465df JS |
2612 | |
2613 | /** | |
2614 | Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre. | |
2615 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2616 | static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0); |
603f702b | 2617 | |
706465df JS |
2618 | /** |
2619 | Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes. | |
2620 | @a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content. | |
2621 | */ | |
603f702b | 2622 | static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0); |
bec80f4f | 2623 | |
706465df JS |
2624 | /** |
2625 | Draws a border. | |
2626 | */ | |
603f702b | 2627 | static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0); |
bec80f4f | 2628 | |
706465df JS |
2629 | /** |
2630 | Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner) | |
2631 | or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height). | |
2632 | Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space | |
2633 | is available. | |
2634 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2635 | static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect); |
2636 | ||
706465df JS |
2637 | /** |
2638 | Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size. | |
2639 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2640 | static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin, |
2641 | int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin); | |
2642 | ||
706465df JS |
2643 | /** |
2644 | Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the | |
2645 | child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc. | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2646 | availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to. |
2647 | E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent. | |
706465df | 2648 | */ |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2649 | static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, |
2650 | const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace); | |
24777478 | 2651 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2652 | protected: |
2653 | wxSize m_size; | |
603f702b JS |
2654 | wxSize m_maxSize; |
2655 | wxSize m_minSize; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2656 | wxPoint m_pos; |
2657 | int m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any) | |
5d7836c4 | 2658 | int m_refCount; |
603f702b | 2659 | bool m_show; |
5d7836c4 JS |
2660 | wxRichTextObject* m_parent; |
2661 | ||
706465df | 2662 | // The range of this object (start position to end position) |
5d7836c4 JS |
2663 | wxRichTextRange m_range; |
2664 | ||
706465df | 2665 | // The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space |
603f702b | 2666 | wxRichTextRange m_ownRange; |
5d7836c4 | 2667 | |
706465df | 2668 | // Attributes |
24777478 | 2669 | wxRichTextAttr m_attributes; |
603f702b | 2670 | |
706465df | 2671 | // Properties |
bec80f4f | 2672 | wxRichTextProperties m_properties; |
5d7836c4 JS |
2673 | }; |
2674 | ||
3b2cb431 | 2675 | WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextObjectList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT ); |
5d7836c4 | 2676 | |
706465df JS |
2677 | /** |
2678 | @class wxRichTextCompositeObject | |
2679 | ||
2680 | Objects of this class can contain other objects. | |
2681 | ||
2682 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2683 | @category{richtext} | |
2684 | ||
2685 | @see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2686 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2687 | |
3b2cb431 | 2688 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
2689 | { |
2690 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject) | |
2691 | public: | |
2692 | // Constructors | |
2693 | ||
2694 | wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
d3c7fc99 | 2695 | virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject(); |
5d7836c4 | 2696 | |
d13b34d3 | 2697 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 2698 | |
8db2e3ef | 2699 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 2700 | |
8db2e3ef | 2701 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
5d7836c4 | 2702 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2703 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
2704 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2705 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
2706 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2707 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
2708 | ||
8db2e3ef | 2709 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
603f702b | 2710 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2711 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); |
2712 | ||
603f702b JS |
2713 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
2714 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2715 | // Accessors |
2716 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2717 | /** |
2718 | Returns the children. | |
2719 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2720 | wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() { return m_children; } |
b3169c12 JS |
2721 | /** |
2722 | Returns the children. | |
2723 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2724 | const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; } |
2725 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2726 | /** |
2727 | Returns the number of children. | |
2728 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2729 | size_t GetChildCount() const ; |
2730 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2731 | /** |
2732 | Returns the nth child. | |
2733 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2734 | wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ; |
2735 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2736 | /** |
2737 | Returns @true if this object is composite. | |
2738 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2739 | virtual bool IsComposite() const { return true; } |
2740 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
2741 | /** |
2742 | Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects, | |
2743 | @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited. | |
2744 | */ | |
2745 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return false; } | |
2746 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2747 | /** |
2748 | Returns true if the buffer is empty. | |
2749 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2750 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return GetChildCount() == 0; } |
2751 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2752 | /** |
2753 | Returns the child object at the given character position. | |
2754 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2755 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const; |
2756 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2757 | // Operations |
2758 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2759 | void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj); |
2760 | ||
0ca07313 JS |
2761 | void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj) { Copy(obj); } |
2762 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2763 | /** |
2764 | Appends a child, returning the position. | |
2765 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2766 | size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ; |
2767 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2768 | /** |
2769 | Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning. | |
2770 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2771 | bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ; |
2772 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2773 | /** |
2774 | Removes and optionally deletes the specified child. | |
2775 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2776 | bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ; |
2777 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2778 | /** |
2779 | Deletes all the children. | |
2780 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2781 | bool DeleteChildren() ; |
2782 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2783 | /** |
2784 | Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged. | |
2785 | */ | |
109bfc88 | 2786 | bool Defragment(const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
5d7836c4 | 2787 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2788 | /** |
2789 | Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new. | |
2790 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2791 | virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt); |
2792 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2793 | protected: |
2794 | wxRichTextObjectList m_children; | |
2795 | }; | |
2796 | ||
706465df JS |
2797 | /** |
2798 | @class wxRichTextParagraphBox | |
2799 | ||
2800 | This class knows how to lay out paragraphs. | |
2801 | ||
2802 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2803 | @category{richtext} | |
2804 | ||
2805 | @see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2806 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2807 | |
bec80f4f | 2808 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
2809 | { |
2810 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox) | |
2811 | public: | |
2812 | // Constructors | |
2813 | ||
2814 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
bec80f4f | 2815 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); } |
cdaed652 | 2816 | ~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(); |
5d7836c4 | 2817 | |
d13b34d3 | 2818 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 2819 | |
8db2e3ef | 2820 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
cdaed652 | 2821 | |
8db2e3ef | 2822 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 2823 | |
8db2e3ef | 2824 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 2825 | |
8db2e3ef | 2826 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 2827 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2828 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
2829 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2830 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
2831 | ||
bec80f4f | 2832 | #if wxUSE_XML |
603f702b | 2833 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
2834 | #endif |
2835 | ||
2836 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
2837 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2838 | #endif | |
2839 | ||
2840 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
2841 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2842 | #endif | |
2843 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
2844 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); } |
2845 | ||
603f702b JS |
2846 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } |
2847 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2848 | // Accessors |
2849 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2850 | /** |
2851 | Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window. | |
2852 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2853 | void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; } |
2854 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2855 | /** |
2856 | Returns the associated control. | |
2857 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2858 | wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; } |
2859 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2860 | /** |
2861 | Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete. | |
2862 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 2863 | void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; } |
b3169c12 JS |
2864 | |
2865 | /** | |
2866 | Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete. | |
2867 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
2868 | bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; } |
2869 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2870 | /** |
2871 | Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer. | |
2872 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2873 | virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const; |
2874 | ||
603f702b | 2875 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; } |
38f833b1 | 2876 | |
5d7836c4 | 2877 | // Operations |
603f702b | 2878 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2879 | /** |
2880 | Submits a command to insert paragraphs. | |
2881 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2882 | bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2883 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2884 | /** |
2885 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
2886 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2887 | bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2888 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2889 | /** |
2890 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
2891 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2892 | bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2893 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2894 | /** |
2895 | Submits a command to insert the given image. | |
2896 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 JS |
2897 | bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, |
2898 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr); | |
603f702b | 2899 | |
7c9fdebe JS |
2900 | /** |
2901 | Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties. | |
2902 | ||
2903 | @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
2904 | */ | |
2905 | wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType, | |
2906 | const wxRichTextProperties& properties, | |
2907 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, | |
2908 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr); | |
2909 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2910 | /** |
2911 | Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position. | |
2912 | If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph | |
2913 | style. | |
2914 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2915 | wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const; |
2916 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2917 | /** |
2918 | Inserts an object. | |
2919 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2920 | wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2921 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2922 | /** |
2923 | Submits a command to delete this range. | |
2924 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2925 | bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
2926 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2927 | /** |
2928 | Draws the floating objects in this buffer. | |
2929 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2930 | void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
cdaed652 | 2931 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2932 | /** |
2933 | Moves an anchored object to another paragraph. | |
2934 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2935 | void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj); |
5d7836c4 | 2936 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2937 | /** |
2938 | Initializes the object. | |
2939 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2940 | void Init(); |
2941 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2942 | /** |
2943 | Clears all the children. | |
2944 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2945 | virtual void Clear(); |
2946 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2947 | /** |
2948 | Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph. | |
2949 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2950 | virtual void Reset(); |
2951 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2952 | /** |
2953 | Convenience function to add a paragraph of text. | |
2954 | */ | |
24777478 | 2955 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 2956 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2957 | /** |
2958 | Convenience function to add an image. | |
2959 | */ | |
24777478 | 2960 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 2961 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2962 | /** |
2963 | Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines. | |
2964 | */ | |
24777478 | 2965 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 2966 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2967 | /** |
2968 | Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is | |
2969 | a caret position, which is normally a smaller number. | |
2970 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2971 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; |
2972 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2973 | /** |
2974 | Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line. | |
2975 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2976 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const; |
2977 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2978 | /** |
2979 | Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position. | |
2980 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2981 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; |
2982 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2983 | /** |
2984 | Returns the line size at the given position. | |
2985 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2986 | virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; |
2987 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2988 | /** |
2989 | Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph), | |
2990 | starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine) | |
2991 | that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start | |
2992 | of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying | |
2993 | position. | |
2994 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2995 | virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const; |
2996 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2997 | /** |
2998 | Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object. | |
2999 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3000 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const; |
3001 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3002 | /** |
3003 | Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position. | |
3004 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3005 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const; |
3006 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3007 | /** |
3008 | Returns the paragraph by number. | |
3009 | */ | |
7fe8059f | 3010 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3011 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3012 | /** |
3013 | Returns the paragraph for a given line. | |
3014 | */ | |
7fe8059f | 3015 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3016 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3017 | /** |
3018 | Returns the length of the paragraph. | |
3019 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3020 | virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const; |
3021 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3022 | /** |
3023 | Returns the number of paragraphs. | |
3024 | */ | |
42632bce | 3025 | virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); } |
5d7836c4 | 3026 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3027 | /** |
3028 | Returns the number of visible lines. | |
3029 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3030 | virtual int GetLineCount() const; |
3031 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3032 | /** |
3033 | Returns the text of the paragraph. | |
3034 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3035 | virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const; |
3036 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3037 | /** |
3038 | Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position. | |
3039 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3040 | virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; |
3041 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3042 | /** |
3043 | Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number. | |
3044 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3045 | virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const; |
3046 | ||
b3169c12 | 3047 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3048 | Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the |
3049 | attributes are set. | |
3050 | ||
3051 | The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span | |
3052 | of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5, | |
3053 | use the range (5,5). | |
3054 | This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6). | |
3055 | ||
3056 | @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values: | |
3057 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag. | |
3058 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be | |
3059 | undoable. | |
3060 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied | |
3061 | if the combined style at this point is already the style in question. | |
3062 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be | |
3063 | applied to paragraphs, and not the content. | |
3064 | This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that | |
3065 | of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
3066 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be | |
3067 | applied to characters, and not the paragraph. | |
3068 | This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that | |
3069 | of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
3070 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying | |
3071 | the new style. | |
3072 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style. | |
3073 | Only the style flags are used in this operation. | |
b3169c12 | 3074 | */ |
24777478 | 3075 | virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); |
5d7836c4 | 3076 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3077 | /** |
3078 | Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box. | |
3079 | */ | |
603f702b | 3080 | virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); |
cdaed652 | 3081 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3082 | /** |
3083 | Returns the combined text attributes for this position. | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3084 | |
3085 | This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated | |
3086 | with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined | |
3087 | attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle(). | |
3088 | If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function | |
3089 | will fetch the paragraph attributes. | |
3090 | Otherwise, it will return the character attributes. | |
b3169c12 | 3091 | */ |
24777478 | 3092 | virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style); |
5d7836c4 | 3093 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3094 | /** |
3095 | Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position. | |
3096 | */ | |
24777478 | 3097 | virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style); |
fe5aa22c | 3098 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3099 | /** |
3100 | Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and | |
3101 | context attributes. | |
3102 | */ | |
24777478 | 3103 | virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true); |
fe5aa22c | 3104 | |
b3169c12 | 3105 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3106 | This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the |
3107 | given range. | |
3108 | Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be | |
3109 | included the style flags. | |
3110 | ||
3111 | The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog: | |
3112 | the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the | |
3113 | values of further attributes to be applied uniformly. | |
3114 | ||
3115 | To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying | |
3116 | the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that | |
3117 | are different from the @e combined attributes within the range. | |
3118 | So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range, | |
3119 | but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example, | |
3120 | say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't | |
3121 | specify a weight. | |
3122 | The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and | |
3123 | in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold. | |
3124 | When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be | |
3125 | changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph. | |
3126 | However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red. | |
b3169c12 | 3127 | */ |
24777478 | 3128 | virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style); |
59509217 | 3129 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3130 | /** |
3131 | Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of | |
3132 | content. | |
3133 | */ | |
24777478 | 3134 | bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr); |
59509217 | 3135 | |
7afd2b58 | 3136 | //@{ |
b3169c12 | 3137 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3138 | Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how |
3139 | the attributes are set. | |
3140 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3141 | sheet) can be passed. | |
b3169c12 | 3142 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3143 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: |
3144 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3145 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3146 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3147 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3148 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3149 | ||
3150 | @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle(). | |
b3169c12 | 3151 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 3152 | virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
38f833b1 | 3153 | virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
7afd2b58 | 3154 | //@} |
38f833b1 | 3155 | |
b3169c12 | 3156 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3157 | Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes |
3158 | and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph. | |
3159 | ||
3160 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3161 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3162 | ||
3163 | @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList() | |
b3169c12 | 3164 | */ |
38f833b1 JS |
3165 | virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); |
3166 | ||
7afd2b58 | 3167 | //@{ |
b3169c12 | 3168 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3169 | Numbers the paragraphs in the given range. |
3170 | ||
3171 | Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set. | |
3172 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3173 | sheet) can be passed. | |
3174 | ||
3175 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3176 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3177 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3178 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3179 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3180 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3181 | ||
b3169c12 | 3182 | @a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used. |
b3169c12 | 3183 | |
7afd2b58 | 3184 | @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle() |
b3169c12 | 3185 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 3186 | virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
38f833b1 | 3187 | virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
7afd2b58 | 3188 | //@} |
38f833b1 | 3189 | |
7afd2b58 | 3190 | //@{ |
b3169c12 | 3191 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3192 | Promotes the list items within the given range. |
3193 | A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number | |
3194 | produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set. | |
3195 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3196 | sheet) can be passed. | |
b3169c12 | 3197 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3198 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: |
3199 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3200 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3201 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3202 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3203 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3204 | ||
3205 | @see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle() | |
b3169c12 | 3206 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 3207 | virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
38f833b1 | 3208 | virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
7afd2b58 | 3209 | //@} |
38f833b1 | 3210 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3211 | /** |
3212 | Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously | |
3213 | @a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used. | |
3214 | */ | |
38f833b1 JS |
3215 | virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
3216 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3217 | /** |
3218 | Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. | |
3219 | */ | |
24777478 | 3220 | virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; |
d2d0adc7 | 3221 | |
590a0f8b JS |
3222 | /** |
3223 | Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the | |
3224 | attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them. | |
3225 | ||
3226 | The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span | |
3227 | of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at | |
3228 | position 5, use the range (5,6). | |
3229 | ||
3230 | @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values: | |
3231 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag. | |
3232 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be | |
3233 | undoable. | |
3234 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be | |
3235 | applied to paragraphs, and not the content. | |
3236 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be | |
3237 | applied to characters, and not the paragraph. | |
3238 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying | |
3239 | the new properties. | |
3240 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties. | |
3241 | */ | |
3242 | virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO); | |
3243 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3244 | /** |
3245 | Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any | |
3246 | of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You | |
3247 | can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have | |
3248 | flags indicating which attributes are of interest. | |
3249 | */ | |
24777478 | 3250 | virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3251 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3252 | /** |
3253 | Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any | |
3254 | of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You | |
3255 | can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have | |
3256 | flags indicating which attributes are of interest. | |
3257 | */ | |
24777478 | 3258 | virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3259 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3260 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); } |
3261 | ||
cc2aecde JS |
3262 | /** |
3263 | Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset). | |
3264 | Currently is only called if undo mode is on. | |
3265 | */ | |
3266 | virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container); | |
3267 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3268 | /** |
3269 | Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true, | |
3270 | it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph | |
3271 | marker. | |
3272 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 3273 | virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
5d7836c4 | 3274 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3275 | /** |
3276 | Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment. | |
3277 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 3278 | virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
5d7836c4 | 3279 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3280 | /** |
3281 | Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed. | |
3282 | */ | |
fe5aa22c JS |
3283 | virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet); |
3284 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
3285 | void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj); |
3286 | ||
0ca07313 JS |
3287 | void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); } |
3288 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3289 | /** |
3290 | Calculate ranges. | |
3291 | */ | |
603f702b | 3292 | virtual void UpdateRanges(); |
5d7836c4 | 3293 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3294 | /** |
3295 | Get all the text. | |
3296 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3297 | virtual wxString GetText() const; |
3298 | ||
b3169c12 | 3299 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3300 | Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied |
3301 | (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently | |
3302 | inserted text to be bold). | |
3303 | ||
3304 | This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous | |
3305 | default style. | |
3306 | ||
3307 | Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style. | |
b3169c12 | 3308 | */ |
24777478 | 3309 | virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
5d7836c4 | 3310 | |
b3169c12 | 3311 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3312 | Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied |
3313 | (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently | |
3314 | inserted text to be bold). | |
b3169c12 | 3315 | */ |
24777478 | 3316 | virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; } |
5d7836c4 | 3317 | |
b3169c12 | 3318 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3319 | Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole |
3320 | buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which | |
3321 | only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default | |
3322 | style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold). | |
b3169c12 | 3323 | */ |
24777478 | 3324 | virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; } |
5d7836c4 | 3325 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3326 | /** |
3327 | Returns the basic (overall) style. | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3328 | |
3329 | This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied, | |
3330 | unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being | |
3331 | applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause | |
3332 | subsequently inserted text to be bold). | |
b3169c12 | 3333 | */ |
24777478 | 3334 | virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; } |
5d7836c4 | 3335 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3336 | /** |
3337 | Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer. | |
3338 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3339 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
3340 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3341 | /** |
3342 | Do the (in)validation for this object only. | |
3343 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3344 | virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange); |
3345 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3346 | /** |
3347 | Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy. | |
3348 | */ | |
603f702b | 3349 | virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
ce00f59b | 3350 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3351 | /** |
3352 | Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL, | |
3353 | will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we | |
3354 | will collect the rest later. | |
3355 | */ | |
603f702b | 3356 | virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL); |
38113684 | 3357 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3358 | /** |
3359 | Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true. | |
3360 | */ | |
38113684 JS |
3361 | wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const; |
3362 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3363 | /** |
3364 | Returns @true if this object needs layout. | |
3365 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3366 | bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; } |
3367 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3368 | /** |
3369 | Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object. | |
3370 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
3371 | wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; } |
3372 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3373 | /** |
3374 | Returns the number of floating objects at this level. | |
3375 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3376 | int GetFloatingObjectCount() const; |
3377 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3378 | /** |
3379 | Returns a list of floating objects. | |
3380 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3381 | bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const; |
3382 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
3383 | protected: |
3384 | wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl; | |
24777478 | 3385 | wxRichTextAttr m_defaultAttributes; |
38113684 | 3386 | |
b3169c12 | 3387 | // The invalidated range that will need full layout |
0ca07313 | 3388 | wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange; |
5d7836c4 JS |
3389 | |
3390 | // Is the last paragraph partial or complete? | |
0ca07313 | 3391 | bool m_partialParagraph; |
cdaed652 VZ |
3392 | |
3393 | // The floating layout state | |
3394 | wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3395 | }; |
3396 | ||
603f702b JS |
3397 | /** |
3398 | @class wxRichTextBox | |
3399 | ||
706465df JS |
3400 | This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs. |
3401 | ||
3402 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3403 | @category{richtext} | |
3404 | ||
3405 | @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3406 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 3407 | |
603f702b | 3408 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
bec80f4f JS |
3409 | { |
3410 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox) | |
3411 | public: | |
3412 | // Constructors | |
3413 | ||
603f702b JS |
3414 | /** |
3415 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
3416 | */ | |
3417 | ||
bec80f4f | 3418 | wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); |
603f702b JS |
3419 | |
3420 | /** | |
3421 | Copy constructor. | |
3422 | */ | |
3423 | ||
3424 | wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
bec80f4f | 3425 | |
d13b34d3 | 3426 | // Overridables |
bec80f4f | 3427 | |
8db2e3ef | 3428 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
bec80f4f | 3429 | |
603f702b JS |
3430 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("textbox"); } |
3431 | ||
603f702b JS |
3432 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
3433 | ||
603f702b JS |
3434 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
3435 | ||
603f702b | 3436 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Box"); } |
5ad9ae3a | 3437 | |
bec80f4f JS |
3438 | // Accessors |
3439 | ||
3440 | // Operations | |
3441 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
3442 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); } |
3443 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
3444 | void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj); |
3445 | ||
3446 | protected: | |
3447 | }; | |
3448 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
3449 | /** |
3450 | @class wxRichTextField | |
3451 | ||
3452 | This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents | |
3453 | additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table | |
3454 | of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored | |
3455 | in the object properties. | |
3456 | ||
3457 | Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived | |
3458 | from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes | |
3459 | the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since | |
3460 | most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally | |
3461 | in a single field type definition. | |
3462 | ||
3463 | The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve | |
3464 | the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property. | |
3465 | ||
3466 | wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it | |
3467 | can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField | |
3468 | function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined | |
3469 | by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display | |
3470 | type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field | |
3471 | to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic. | |
3472 | When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
3473 | or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content | |
3474 | appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but | |
3475 | covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap. | |
3476 | ||
3477 | Register field types on application initialisation with the static function | |
3478 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically | |
3479 | on application exit. | |
3480 | ||
3481 | An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField, | |
3482 | taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes. | |
3483 | ||
3484 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3485 | @category{richtext} | |
3486 | ||
3487 | @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3488 | */ | |
3489 | ||
3490 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox | |
3491 | { | |
3492 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextField) | |
3493 | public: | |
3494 | // Constructors | |
3495 | ||
3496 | /** | |
3497 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
3498 | */ | |
3499 | ||
3500 | wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
3501 | ||
3502 | /** | |
3503 | Copy constructor. | |
3504 | */ | |
3505 | ||
3506 | wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
3507 | ||
3508 | // Overridables | |
3509 | ||
3510 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); | |
3511 | ||
3512 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); | |
3513 | ||
3514 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; | |
3515 | ||
3516 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("field"); } | |
3517 | ||
3518 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const; | |
3519 | ||
3520 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
3521 | ||
3522 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const; | |
3523 | ||
3524 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
3525 | ||
3526 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
3527 | ||
3528 | /** | |
3529 | If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it. | |
3530 | */ | |
3531 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; } | |
3532 | ||
3533 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; } | |
3534 | ||
3535 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const; | |
3536 | ||
3537 | // Accessors | |
3538 | ||
3539 | void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); } | |
3540 | wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); } | |
3541 | ||
3542 | // Operations | |
3543 | ||
3544 | /** | |
3545 | Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value, | |
3546 | if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field. | |
3547 | */ | |
3548 | virtual bool UpdateField(); | |
3549 | ||
3550 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextField(*this); } | |
3551 | ||
3552 | void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj); | |
3553 | ||
3554 | protected: | |
3555 | }; | |
3556 | ||
3557 | /** | |
3558 | @class wxRichTextFieldType | |
3559 | ||
3560 | The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one | |
3561 | field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and | |
3562 | property editing functionality for a field. | |
3563 | ||
3564 | Register field types on application initialisation with the static function | |
3565 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically | |
3566 | on application exit. | |
3567 | ||
3568 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3569 | @category{richtext} | |
3570 | ||
3571 | @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3572 | */ | |
3573 | ||
3574 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject | |
3575 | { | |
3576 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldType) | |
3577 | public: | |
3578 | /** | |
3579 | Creates a field type definition. | |
3580 | */ | |
3581 | wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) | |
3582 | : m_name(name) | |
3583 | { } | |
3584 | ||
3585 | /** | |
3586 | Copy constructor. | |
3587 | */ | |
3588 | wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { Copy(fieldType); } | |
3589 | ||
3590 | void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; } | |
3591 | ||
3592 | /** | |
3593 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
3594 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
3595 | */ | |
3596 | virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0; | |
3597 | ||
3598 | /** | |
3599 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
3600 | Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object, | |
3601 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size | |
3602 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
3603 | */ | |
3604 | virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0; | |
3605 | ||
3606 | /** | |
3607 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
3608 | is invalid for this object. | |
3609 | */ | |
3610 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0; | |
3611 | ||
3612 | /** | |
3613 | Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI. | |
3614 | */ | |
3615 | virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return false; } | |
3616 | ||
3617 | /** | |
3618 | Edits the object's properties via a GUI. | |
3619 | */ | |
3620 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj), wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; } | |
3621 | ||
3622 | /** | |
3623 | Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item. | |
3624 | */ | |
3625 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return wxEmptyString; } | |
3626 | ||
3627 | /** | |
3628 | Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value, | |
3629 | if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field. | |
3630 | */ | |
3631 | virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) { return false; } | |
3632 | ||
3633 | /** | |
3634 | Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box. | |
3635 | */ | |
3636 | virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return true; } | |
3637 | ||
3638 | /** | |
3639 | Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object. | |
3640 | */ | |
3641 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } | |
3642 | ||
3643 | /** | |
3644 | Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object. | |
3645 | */ | |
3646 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } | |
3647 | ||
3648 | protected: | |
3649 | ||
3650 | wxString m_name; | |
3651 | }; | |
3652 | ||
3653 | WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxRichTextFieldType*, wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap); | |
3654 | ||
3655 | /** | |
3656 | @class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
3657 | ||
3658 | A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range | |
3659 | of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start | |
3660 | and end tags. | |
3661 | ||
3662 | The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is | |
3663 | white text on a black background. | |
3664 | ||
3665 | The following display styles can be used. | |
3666 | ||
3667 | @beginStyleTable | |
3668 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE} | |
3669 | Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField. | |
3670 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE} | |
3671 | Shows a rounded rectangle background. | |
3672 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER} | |
3673 | Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label. | |
3674 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG} | |
3675 | Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right. | |
3676 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG} | |
3677 | Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left. | |
3678 | @endStyleTable | |
3679 | ||
3680 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3681 | @category{richtext} | |
3682 | ||
3683 | @see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3684 | */ | |
3685 | ||
3686 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType | |
3687 | { | |
3688 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard) | |
3689 | public: | |
3690 | ||
3691 | // Display style types | |
3692 | enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01, | |
3693 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02, | |
3694 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04, | |
3695 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08, | |
3696 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10 | |
3697 | }; | |
3698 | ||
3699 | /** | |
3700 | Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label. | |
3701 | ||
3702 | @param parent | |
3703 | The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type | |
3704 | name used when adding a field to a control. | |
3705 | @param label | |
3706 | The text label to be shown on the field. | |
3707 | @param displayStyle | |
3708 | The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE, | |
3709 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG, | |
3710 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG. | |
3711 | ||
3712 | */ | |
3713 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE); | |
3714 | ||
3715 | /** | |
3716 | Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label. | |
3717 | ||
3718 | @param parent | |
3719 | The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type | |
3720 | name used when adding a field to a control. | |
3721 | @param label | |
3722 | The bitmap label to be shown on the field. | |
3723 | @param displayStyle | |
3724 | The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE, | |
3725 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG, | |
3726 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG. | |
3727 | ||
3728 | */ | |
3729 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER); | |
3730 | ||
3731 | /** | |
3732 | The default constructor. | |
3733 | ||
3734 | */ | |
3735 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); } | |
3736 | ||
3737 | /** | |
3738 | The copy constructor. | |
3739 | ||
3740 | */ | |
3741 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); } | |
3742 | ||
3743 | /** | |
3744 | Initialises the object. | |
3745 | */ | |
3746 | void Init(); | |
3747 | ||
3748 | /** | |
3749 | Copies the object. | |
3750 | */ | |
3751 | void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field); | |
3752 | ||
3753 | /** | |
3754 | The assignment operator. | |
3755 | */ | |
3756 | void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); } | |
3757 | ||
3758 | /** | |
3759 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
3760 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
3761 | */ | |
3762 | virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); | |
3763 | ||
3764 | /** | |
3765 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
3766 | Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object, | |
3767 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size | |
3768 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
3769 | */ | |
3770 | virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); | |
3771 | ||
3772 | /** | |
3773 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
3774 | is invalid for this object. | |
3775 | */ | |
3776 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; | |
3777 | ||
3778 | /** | |
3779 | Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on. | |
3780 | */ | |
3781 | wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const; | |
3782 | ||
3783 | /** | |
3784 | Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise. | |
3785 | */ | |
3786 | virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; } | |
3787 | ||
3788 | /** | |
3789 | Sets the text label for fields of this type. | |
3790 | */ | |
3791 | void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; } | |
3792 | ||
3793 | /** | |
3794 | Returns the text label for fields of this type. | |
3795 | */ | |
3796 | const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; } | |
3797 | ||
3798 | /** | |
3799 | Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type. | |
3800 | */ | |
3801 | void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } | |
3802 | ||
3803 | /** | |
3804 | Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type. | |
3805 | */ | |
3806 | const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } | |
3807 | ||
3808 | /** | |
3809 | Gets the display style for fields of this type. | |
3810 | */ | |
3811 | int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; } | |
3812 | ||
3813 | /** | |
3814 | Sets the display style for fields of this type. | |
3815 | */ | |
3816 | void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; } | |
3817 | ||
3818 | /** | |
3819 | Gets the font used for drawing the text label. | |
3820 | */ | |
3821 | const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } | |
3822 | ||
3823 | /** | |
3824 | Sets the font used for drawing the text label. | |
3825 | */ | |
3826 | void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } | |
3827 | ||
3828 | /** | |
3829 | Gets the colour used for drawing the text label. | |
3830 | */ | |
3831 | const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | /** | |
3834 | Sets the colour used for drawing the text label. | |
3835 | */ | |
3836 | void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; } | |
3837 | ||
3838 | /** | |
3839 | Gets the colour used for drawing the field border. | |
3840 | */ | |
3841 | const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; } | |
3842 | ||
3843 | /** | |
3844 | Sets the colour used for drawing the field border. | |
3845 | */ | |
3846 | void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; } | |
3847 | ||
3848 | /** | |
3849 | Gets the colour used for drawing the field background. | |
3850 | */ | |
3851 | const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; } | |
3852 | ||
3853 | /** | |
3854 | Sets the colour used for drawing the field background. | |
3855 | */ | |
3856 | void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; } | |
3857 | ||
3858 | /** | |
3859 | Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3860 | */ | |
3861 | void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; } | |
3862 | ||
3863 | /** | |
3864 | Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3865 | */ | |
3866 | int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; } | |
3867 | ||
3868 | /** | |
3869 | Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3870 | */ | |
3871 | void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; } | |
3872 | ||
3873 | /** | |
3874 | Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3875 | */ | |
3876 | int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; } | |
3877 | ||
3878 | /** | |
3879 | Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object. | |
3880 | */ | |
3881 | void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; } | |
3882 | ||
3883 | /** | |
3884 | Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object. | |
3885 | */ | |
3886 | int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; } | |
3887 | ||
3888 | /** | |
3889 | Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object. | |
3890 | */ | |
3891 | void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; } | |
3892 | ||
3893 | /** | |
3894 | Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object. | |
3895 | */ | |
3896 | int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; } | |
3897 | ||
3898 | protected: | |
3899 | ||
3900 | wxString m_label; | |
3901 | int m_displayStyle; | |
3902 | wxFont m_font; | |
3903 | wxColour m_textColour; | |
3904 | wxColour m_borderColour; | |
3905 | wxColour m_backgroundColour; | |
3906 | int m_verticalPadding; | |
3907 | int m_horizontalPadding; | |
3908 | int m_horizontalMargin; | |
3909 | int m_verticalMargin; | |
3910 | wxBitmap m_bitmap; | |
3911 | }; | |
3912 | ||
706465df JS |
3913 | /** |
3914 | @class wxRichTextLine | |
3915 | ||
3916 | This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores | |
3917 | offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the | |
3918 | start and end positions of the line. | |
3919 | ||
3920 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3921 | @category{richtext} | |
3922 | ||
3923 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3924 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3925 | |
3b2cb431 | 3926 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine |
5d7836c4 JS |
3927 | { |
3928 | public: | |
3929 | // Constructors | |
3930 | ||
3931 | wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent); | |
1e967276 | 3932 | wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 JS |
3933 | virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {} |
3934 | ||
d13b34d3 | 3935 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 JS |
3936 | |
3937 | // Accessors | |
3938 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3939 | /** |
3940 | Sets the range associated with this line. | |
3941 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3942 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3943 | /** |
3944 | Sets the range associated with this line. | |
3945 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3946 | void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); } |
3947 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3948 | /** |
3949 | Returns the parent paragraph. | |
3950 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3951 | wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; } |
3952 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3953 | /** |
3954 | Returns the range. | |
3955 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3956 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3957 | /** |
3958 | Returns the range. | |
3959 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3960 | wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; } |
3961 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3962 | /** |
3963 | Returns the absolute range. | |
3964 | */ | |
1e967276 JS |
3965 | wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const; |
3966 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3967 | /** |
3968 | Returns the line size as calculated by Layout. | |
3969 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3970 | virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3971 | |
3972 | /** | |
3973 | Sets the line size as calculated by Layout. | |
3974 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3975 | virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } |
3976 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3977 | /** |
3978 | Returns the object position relative to the parent. | |
3979 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3980 | virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3981 | |
3982 | /** | |
3983 | Sets the object position relative to the parent. | |
3984 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3985 | virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } |
3986 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3987 | /** |
3988 | Returns the absolute object position. | |
3989 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3990 | virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const; |
3991 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3992 | /** |
3993 | Returns the rectangle enclosing the line. | |
3994 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3995 | virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); } |
3996 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3997 | /** |
3998 | Sets the stored descent. | |
3999 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4000 | void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; } |
b3169c12 JS |
4001 | |
4002 | /** | |
4003 | Returns the stored descent. | |
4004 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4005 | int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; } |
4006 | ||
2f45f554 JS |
4007 | #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING |
4008 | wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; } | |
4009 | const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; } | |
4010 | #endif | |
4011 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4012 | // Operations |
4013 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4014 | /** |
4015 | Initialises the object. | |
4016 | */ | |
1e967276 | 4017 | void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent); |
5d7836c4 | 4018 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4019 | /** |
4020 | Copies from @a obj. | |
4021 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4022 | void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj); |
4023 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4024 | virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); } |
4025 | ||
4026 | protected: | |
4027 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4028 | // The range of the line (start position to end position) |
4029 | // This is relative to the parent paragraph. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4030 | wxRichTextRange m_range; |
4031 | ||
b3169c12 | 4032 | // Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph |
5d7836c4 JS |
4033 | wxPoint m_pos; |
4034 | wxSize m_size; | |
4035 | ||
b3169c12 | 4036 | // Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline) |
5d7836c4 JS |
4037 | int m_descent; |
4038 | ||
4039 | // The parent object | |
4040 | wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent; | |
2f45f554 JS |
4041 | |
4042 | #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING | |
4043 | wxArrayInt m_objectSizes; | |
4044 | #endif | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4045 | }; |
4046 | ||
3b2cb431 | 4047 | WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextLine, wxRichTextLineList , class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT ); |
5d7836c4 | 4048 | |
706465df JS |
4049 | /** |
4050 | @class wxRichTextParagraph | |
4051 | ||
4052 | This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects. | |
4053 | ||
4054 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4055 | @category{richtext} | |
4056 | ||
4057 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4058 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4059 | |
603f702b | 4060 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4061 | { |
4062 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph) | |
4063 | public: | |
4064 | // Constructors | |
4065 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4066 | /** |
4067 | Constructor taking a parent and style. | |
4068 | */ | |
24777478 | 4069 | wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL); |
b3169c12 JS |
4070 | /** |
4071 | Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes. | |
4072 | */ | |
24777478 | 4073 | wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); |
d3c7fc99 | 4074 | virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph(); |
603f702b | 4075 | wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 | 4076 | |
d13b34d3 | 4077 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 4078 | |
8db2e3ef | 4079 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4080 | |
8db2e3ef | 4081 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4082 | |
8db2e3ef | 4083 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 4084 | |
8db2e3ef | 4085 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
5d7836c4 | 4086 | |
8db2e3ef | 4087 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 4088 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4089 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
4090 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4091 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraph"); } |
4092 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4093 | // Accessors |
4094 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4095 | /** |
4096 | Returns the cached lines. | |
4097 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4098 | wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; } |
4099 | ||
4100 | // Operations | |
4101 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4102 | /** |
4103 | Copies the object. | |
4104 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4105 | void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj); |
4106 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4107 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); } |
4108 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4109 | /** |
4110 | Clears the cached lines. | |
4111 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4112 | void ClearLines(); |
4113 | ||
4114 | // Implementation | |
4115 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4116 | /** |
4117 | Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines. | |
4118 | */ | |
603f702b | 4119 | virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc); |
5d7836c4 | 4120 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4121 | /** |
4122 | Inserts text at the given position. | |
4123 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4124 | virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text); |
4125 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4126 | /** |
4127 | Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns | |
4128 | the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning. | |
4129 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4130 | virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL); |
4131 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4132 | /** |
4133 | Moves content to a list from this point. | |
4134 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4135 | virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list); |
4136 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4137 | /** |
4138 | Adds content back from a list. | |
4139 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4140 | virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list); |
4141 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4142 | /** |
4143 | Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range. | |
4144 | The resulting string may be shorter than the range given. | |
4145 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4146 | bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true); |
4147 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4148 | /** |
4149 | Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left | |
4150 | of the split. | |
4151 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 4152 | bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents); |
5d7836c4 | 4153 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4154 | /** |
4155 | Finds the object at the given position. | |
4156 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4157 | wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position); |
4158 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4159 | /** |
4160 | Returns the bullet text for this paragraph. | |
4161 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4162 | wxString GetBulletText(); |
4163 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4164 | /** |
4165 | Allocates or reuses a line object. | |
4166 | */ | |
1e967276 JS |
4167 | wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos); |
4168 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4169 | /** |
4170 | Clears remaining unused line objects, if any. | |
4171 | */ | |
1e967276 JS |
4172 | bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount); |
4173 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4174 | /** |
4175 | Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically | |
4176 | retrieve the actual style. | |
4177 | */ | |
603f702b | 4178 | wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const; |
fe5aa22c | 4179 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4180 | /** |
4181 | Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style. | |
4182 | */ | |
603f702b | 4183 | wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const; |
fe5aa22c | 4184 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4185 | /** |
4186 | Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character. | |
4187 | */ | |
ff76711f JS |
4188 | long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos); |
4189 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4190 | /** |
4191 | Creates a default tabstop array. | |
4192 | */ | |
cfa3b256 JS |
4193 | static void InitDefaultTabs(); |
4194 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4195 | /** |
4196 | Clears the default tabstop array. | |
4197 | */ | |
cfa3b256 JS |
4198 | static void ClearDefaultTabs(); |
4199 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4200 | /** |
4201 | Returns the default tabstop array. | |
4202 | */ | |
cfa3b256 JS |
4203 | static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; } |
4204 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4205 | /** |
4206 | Lays out the floating objects. | |
4207 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 4208 | void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector); |
cdaed652 | 4209 | |
5d7836c4 | 4210 | protected: |
b3169c12 JS |
4211 | |
4212 | // The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph | |
5d7836c4 | 4213 | wxRichTextLineList m_cachedLines; |
cfa3b256 | 4214 | |
b3169c12 | 4215 | // Default tabstops |
cfa3b256 | 4216 | static wxArrayInt sm_defaultTabs; |
cdaed652 VZ |
4217 | |
4218 | friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4219 | }; |
4220 | ||
706465df JS |
4221 | /** |
4222 | @class wxRichTextPlainText | |
4223 | ||
4224 | This object represents a single piece of text. | |
4225 | ||
4226 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4227 | @category{richtext} | |
4228 | ||
4229 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4230 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4231 | |
3b2cb431 | 4232 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4233 | { |
4234 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText) | |
4235 | public: | |
4236 | // Constructors | |
4237 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4238 | /** |
4239 | Constructor. | |
4240 | */ | |
24777478 | 4241 | wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4242 | |
4243 | /** | |
4244 | Copy constructor. | |
4245 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 4246 | wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 | 4247 | |
d13b34d3 | 4248 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 4249 | |
8db2e3ef | 4250 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4251 | |
8db2e3ef | 4252 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4253 | |
8db2e3ef | 4254 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 4255 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4256 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
4257 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4258 | virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos); |
4259 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4260 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
4261 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4262 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
4263 | ||
7fe8059f | 4264 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); } |
5d7836c4 | 4265 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4266 | virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object) const; |
4267 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4268 | virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object); |
4269 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4270 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); |
4271 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4272 | /** |
4273 | Get the first position from pos that has a line break character. | |
4274 | */ | |
ff76711f JS |
4275 | long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos); |
4276 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4277 | /// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't. |
4278 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; } | |
4279 | ||
4280 | #if wxUSE_XML | |
603f702b | 4281 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
4282 | #endif |
4283 | ||
4284 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4285 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4286 | #endif | |
4287 | ||
4288 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4289 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4290 | #endif | |
4291 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4292 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("text"); } |
4293 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4294 | // Accessors |
4295 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4296 | /** |
4297 | Returns the text. | |
4298 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4299 | const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } |
4300 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4301 | /** |
4302 | Sets the text. | |
4303 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4304 | void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } |
4305 | ||
4306 | // Operations | |
4307 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4308 | // Copies the text object, |
5d7836c4 JS |
4309 | void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj); |
4310 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4311 | // Clones the text object. |
5d7836c4 | 4312 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); } |
7afd2b58 | 4313 | |
7f0d9d71 | 4314 | private: |
24777478 | 4315 | bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected); |
5d7836c4 JS |
4316 | |
4317 | protected: | |
4318 | wxString m_text; | |
4319 | }; | |
4320 | ||
706465df JS |
4321 | /** |
4322 | @class wxRichTextImageBlock | |
5d7836c4 | 4323 | |
706465df JS |
4324 | This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form. |
4325 | ||
4326 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4327 | @category{richtext} | |
4328 | ||
4329 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4330 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4331 | |
3b2cb431 | 4332 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4333 | { |
4334 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4335 | /** |
4336 | Constructor. | |
4337 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4338 | wxRichTextImageBlock(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4339 | |
4340 | /** | |
4341 | Copy constructor. | |
4342 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4343 | wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); |
d3c7fc99 | 4344 | virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock(); |
5d7836c4 | 4345 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4346 | /** |
4347 | Initialises the block. | |
4348 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4349 | void Init(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4350 | |
4351 | /** | |
4352 | Clears the block. | |
4353 | */ | |
4354 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4355 | void Clear(); |
4356 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4357 | /** |
4358 | Load the original image into a memory block. | |
4359 | If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG | |
4360 | to conserve space. | |
4361 | If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to | |
4362 | load the image a second time. | |
4363 | */ | |
d75a69e8 FM |
4364 | virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType, |
4365 | wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true); | |
5d7836c4 | 4366 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4367 | /** |
4368 | Make an image block from the wxImage in the given | |
4369 | format. | |
4370 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4371 | virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80); |
ce00f59b | 4372 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4373 | /** |
4374 | Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG) | |
4375 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
4376 | virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType); |
4377 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4378 | /** |
4379 | Makes the image block. | |
4380 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 4381 | virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 4382 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4383 | /** |
4384 | Writes the block to a file. | |
4385 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4386 | bool Write(const wxString& filename); |
4387 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4388 | /** |
4389 | Writes the data in hex to a stream. | |
4390 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4391 | bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream); |
4392 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4393 | /** |
4394 | Reads the data in hex from a stream. | |
4395 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4396 | bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 4397 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4398 | /** |
4399 | Copy from @a block. | |
4400 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4401 | void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); |
4402 | ||
4403 | // Load a wxImage from the block | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4404 | /** |
4405 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4406 | bool Load(wxImage& image); |
4407 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4408 | // Operators |
4409 | ||
4410 | /** | |
4411 | Assignment operation. | |
4412 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4413 | void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); |
4414 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4415 | // Accessors |
5d7836c4 | 4416 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4417 | /** |
4418 | Returns the raw data. | |
4419 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4420 | unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4421 | |
4422 | /** | |
4423 | Returns the data size in bytes. | |
4424 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4425 | size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4426 | |
4427 | /** | |
4428 | Returns the image type. | |
4429 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4430 | wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; } |
5d7836c4 | 4431 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4432 | /** |
4433 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4434 | void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4435 | |
4436 | /** | |
4437 | Sets the data size. | |
4438 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4439 | void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4440 | |
4441 | /** | |
4442 | Sets the image type. | |
4443 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4444 | void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; } |
5d7836c4 | 4445 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4446 | /** |
4447 | Returns @true if the data is non-NULL. | |
4448 | */ | |
b7cacb43 | 4449 | bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; } |
7afd2b58 | 4450 | bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } |
5d7836c4 | 4451 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4452 | /** |
4453 | Gets the extension for the block's type. | |
4454 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4455 | wxString GetExtension() const; |
4456 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4457 | /// Implementation |
4458 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4459 | /** |
4460 | Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory. | |
4461 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4462 | static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4463 | |
4464 | /** | |
4465 | Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory. | |
4466 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4467 | static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size); |
4468 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4469 | /** |
4470 | Writes a memory block to stream. | |
4471 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4472 | static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size); |
4473 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4474 | /** |
4475 | Writes a memory block to a file. | |
4476 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4477 | static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size); |
4478 | ||
4479 | protected: | |
4480 | // Size in bytes of the image stored. | |
4481 | // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file. | |
4482 | unsigned char* m_data; | |
4483 | size_t m_dataSize; | |
d75a69e8 | 4484 | wxBitmapType m_imageType; |
5d7836c4 JS |
4485 | }; |
4486 | ||
706465df JS |
4487 | /** |
4488 | @class wxRichTextImage | |
4489 | ||
4490 | This class implements a graphic object. | |
4491 | ||
4492 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4493 | @category{richtext} | |
4494 | ||
4495 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock | |
4496 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4497 | |
bec80f4f | 4498 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4499 | { |
4500 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage) | |
4501 | public: | |
4502 | // Constructors | |
4503 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4504 | /** |
4505 | Default constructor. | |
4506 | */ | |
23698b12 | 4507 | wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { Init(); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4508 | |
4509 | /** | |
4510 | Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage. | |
4511 | */ | |
24777478 | 4512 | wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4513 | |
4514 | /** | |
4515 | Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block. | |
4516 | */ | |
24777478 | 4517 | wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4518 | |
4519 | /** | |
4520 | Copy constructor. | |
4521 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 4522 | wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 | 4523 | |
23698b12 JS |
4524 | /** |
4525 | Initialisation. | |
4526 | */ | |
4527 | void Init(); | |
4528 | ||
d13b34d3 | 4529 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 4530 | |
8db2e3ef | 4531 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4532 | |
8db2e3ef | 4533 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4534 | |
8db2e3ef | 4535 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 4536 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4537 | /** |
4538 | Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size. | |
4539 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
4540 | virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const; |
4541 | ||
a1b806b9 | 4542 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ } |
cdaed652 | 4543 | |
cdaed652 VZ |
4544 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
4545 | ||
cdaed652 | 4546 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
5d7836c4 | 4547 | |
603f702b JS |
4548 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Picture"); } |
4549 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4550 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; } |
4551 | ||
4552 | #if wxUSE_XML | |
603f702b | 4553 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
4554 | #endif |
4555 | ||
4556 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4557 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4558 | #endif | |
4559 | ||
4560 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4561 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4562 | #endif | |
4563 | ||
4564 | // Images can be floatable (optionally). | |
4565 | virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return true; } | |
4566 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4567 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("image"); } |
4568 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4569 | // Accessors |
4570 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4571 | /** |
4572 | Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap). | |
4573 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 4574 | const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; } |
5d7836c4 | 4575 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4576 | /** |
4577 | Sets the image cache. | |
4578 | */ | |
23698b12 | 4579 | void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight()); } |
cdaed652 | 4580 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4581 | /** |
4582 | Resets the image cache. | |
4583 | */ | |
23698b12 | 4584 | void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(-1, -1); } |
5d7836c4 | 4585 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4586 | /** |
4587 | Returns the image block containing the raw data. | |
4588 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4589 | wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; } |
4590 | ||
4591 | // Operations | |
4592 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4593 | /** |
4594 | Copies the image object. | |
4595 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4596 | void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj); |
4597 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4598 | /** |
4599 | Clones the image object. | |
4600 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4601 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); } |
4602 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4603 | /** |
4604 | Creates a cached image at the required size. | |
4605 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 4606 | virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache = false); |
5d7836c4 | 4607 | |
23698b12 JS |
4608 | /** |
4609 | Gets the original image size. | |
4610 | */ | |
4611 | wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const { return m_originalImageSize; } | |
4612 | ||
4613 | /** | |
4614 | Sets the original image size. | |
4615 | */ | |
4616 | void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_originalImageSize = sz; } | |
4617 | ||
5d7836c4 | 4618 | protected: |
5d7836c4 | 4619 | wxRichTextImageBlock m_imageBlock; |
cdaed652 | 4620 | wxBitmap m_imageCache; |
23698b12 | 4621 | wxSize m_originalImageSize; |
5d7836c4 JS |
4622 | }; |
4623 | ||
b5dbe15d VS |
4624 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand; |
4625 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction; | |
5d7836c4 | 4626 | |
706465df JS |
4627 | /** |
4628 | @class wxRichTextBuffer | |
4629 | ||
4630 | This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer. | |
4631 | ||
4632 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4633 | @category{richtext} | |
4634 | ||
4635 | @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4636 | */ | |
4637 | ||
3b2cb431 | 4638 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
5d7836c4 JS |
4639 | { |
4640 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer) | |
4641 | public: | |
4642 | // Constructors | |
4643 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4644 | /** |
4645 | Default constructor. | |
4646 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4647 | wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4648 | |
4649 | /** | |
4650 | Copy constructor. | |
4651 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 4652 | wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); } |
7afd2b58 | 4653 | |
d3c7fc99 | 4654 | virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ; |
5d7836c4 JS |
4655 | |
4656 | // Accessors | |
4657 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4658 | /** |
4659 | Returns the command processor. | |
4660 | A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized. | |
4661 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4662 | wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; } |
4663 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4664 | /** |
4665 | Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph | |
4666 | styles found in the style sheet. | |
4667 | ||
4668 | Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application. | |
4669 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4670 | void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4671 | |
4672 | /** | |
4673 | Returns the style sheet. | |
4674 | */ | |
38f833b1 JS |
4675 | virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; } |
4676 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4677 | /** |
4678 | Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change. | |
4679 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4680 | bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet); |
4681 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4682 | /** |
4683 | Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack. | |
4684 | */ | |
38f833b1 JS |
4685 | bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet); |
4686 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4687 | /** |
4688 | Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack. | |
4689 | */ | |
38f833b1 | 4690 | wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet(); |
5d7836c4 | 4691 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4692 | /** |
4693 | Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4694 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 4695 | wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4696 | |
4697 | /** | |
4698 | Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4699 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 4700 | const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4701 | |
4702 | /** | |
4703 | Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4704 | */ | |
44cc96a8 JS |
4705 | void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; } |
4706 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4707 | // Operations |
4708 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4709 | /** |
4710 | Initialisation. | |
4711 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4712 | void Init(); |
4713 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4714 | /** |
4715 | Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor. | |
4716 | */ | |
85d8909b | 4717 | virtual void ResetAndClearCommands(); |
5d7836c4 | 4718 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4719 | //@{ |
4720 | /** | |
4721 | Loads content from a stream or file. | |
4722 | Not all handlers will implement file loading. | |
4723 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4724 | virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); |
d75a69e8 | 4725 | virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); |
7afd2b58 | 4726 | //@} |
5d7836c4 | 4727 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4728 | //@{ |
4729 | /** | |
4730 | Saves content to a stream or file. | |
4731 | Not all handlers will implement file saving. | |
4732 | */ | |
4733 | virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); | |
d75a69e8 | 4734 | virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); |
7afd2b58 | 4735 | //@} |
5d7836c4 | 4736 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4737 | /** |
4738 | Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving. | |
4739 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4740 | void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; } |
4741 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4742 | /** |
4743 | Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving. | |
4744 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4745 | int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; } |
4746 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4747 | /** |
4748 | Convenience function to add a paragraph of text. | |
4749 | */ | |
24777478 | 4750 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); } |
5d7836c4 | 4751 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4752 | /** |
4753 | Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly | |
4754 | if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for | |
4755 | subsequent actions. | |
4756 | ||
4757 | @a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear | |
4758 | next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu. | |
4759 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4760 | virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName); |
4761 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4762 | /** |
4763 | End collapsing undo/redo commands. | |
4764 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4765 | virtual bool EndBatchUndo(); |
4766 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4767 | /** |
4768 | Returns @true if we are collapsing commands. | |
4769 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4770 | virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; } |
4771 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4772 | /** |
4773 | Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on. | |
4774 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4775 | virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action); |
4776 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4777 | /** |
4778 | Returns the collapsed command. | |
4779 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4780 | virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; } |
4781 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4782 | /** |
4783 | Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented | |
4784 | differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then | |
4785 | it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history | |
4786 | when the action is submitted to the command processor. | |
4787 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4788 | virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo(); |
4789 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4790 | /** |
4791 | End suppressing undo/redo commands. | |
4792 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4793 | virtual bool EndSuppressUndo(); |
4794 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4795 | /** |
4796 | Are we suppressing undo?? | |
4797 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4798 | virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; } |
4799 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4800 | /** |
4801 | Copy the range to the clipboard. | |
4802 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4803 | virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
4804 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4805 | /** |
4806 | Paste the clipboard content to the buffer. | |
4807 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4808 | virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position); |
4809 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4810 | /** |
4811 | Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard. | |
4812 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4813 | virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const; |
4814 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4815 | /** |
4816 | Begin using a style. | |
4817 | */ | |
24777478 | 4818 | virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
5d7836c4 | 4819 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4820 | /** |
4821 | End the style. | |
4822 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4823 | virtual bool EndStyle(); |
4824 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4825 | /** |
4826 | End all styles. | |
4827 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4828 | virtual bool EndAllStyles(); |
4829 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4830 | /** |
4831 | Clears the style stack. | |
4832 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4833 | virtual void ClearStyleStack(); |
4834 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4835 | /** |
4836 | Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting. | |
4837 | */ | |
3b38e2a0 | 4838 | virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); } |
5d7836c4 | 4839 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4840 | /** |
4841 | Begins using bold. | |
4842 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4843 | bool BeginBold(); |
4844 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4845 | /** |
4846 | Ends using bold. | |
4847 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4848 | bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); } |
4849 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4850 | /** |
4851 | Begins using italic. | |
4852 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4853 | bool BeginItalic(); |
4854 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4855 | /** |
4856 | Ends using italic. | |
4857 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4858 | bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); } |
4859 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4860 | /** |
4861 | Begins using underline. | |
4862 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4863 | bool BeginUnderline(); |
4864 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4865 | /** |
4866 | Ends using underline. | |
4867 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4868 | bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); } |
4869 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4870 | /** |
4871 | Begins using point size. | |
4872 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4873 | bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize); |
4874 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4875 | /** |
4876 | Ends using point size. | |
4877 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4878 | bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); } |
4879 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4880 | /** |
4881 | Begins using this font. | |
4882 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4883 | bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font); |
4884 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4885 | /** |
4886 | Ends using a font. | |
4887 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4888 | bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); } |
4889 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4890 | /** |
4891 | Begins using this colour. | |
4892 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4893 | bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour); |
4894 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4895 | /** |
4896 | Ends using a colour. | |
4897 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4898 | bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); } |
4899 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4900 | /** |
4901 | Begins using alignment. | |
4902 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4903 | bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment); |
4904 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4905 | /** |
4906 | Ends alignment. | |
4907 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4908 | bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); } |
4909 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4910 | /** |
4911 | Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for | |
4912 | the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4913 | ||
4914 | The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all | |
4915 | but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear | |
4916 | to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be | |
4917 | indented relative to the subsequent lines. | |
4918 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4919 | bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0); |
4920 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4921 | /** |
4922 | Ends left indent. | |
4923 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4924 | bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); } |
4925 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4926 | /** |
4927 | Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4928 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4929 | bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent); |
4930 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4931 | /** |
4932 | Ends right indent. | |
4933 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4934 | bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); } |
4935 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4936 | /** |
4937 | Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing | |
4938 | in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4939 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4940 | bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after); |
4941 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4942 | /** |
4943 | Ends paragraph spacing. | |
4944 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4945 | bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); } |
4946 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4947 | /** |
4948 | Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where | |
4949 | 10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing. | |
4950 | ||
4951 | The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience. | |
4952 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4953 | bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing); |
4954 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4955 | /** |
4956 | Ends line spacing. | |
4957 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4958 | bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); } |
4959 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4960 | /** |
4961 | Begins numbered bullet. | |
4962 | ||
4963 | This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the | |
4964 | application should take care of incrementing the numbering. | |
4965 | ||
4966 | @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1. | |
4967 | @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4968 | @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values: | |
4969 | ||
4970 | wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item. | |
4971 | The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet. | |
4972 | The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts | |
4973 | at leftMargin + leftSubIndent. | |
4974 | So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the | |
4975 | left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent. | |
4976 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4977 | bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD); |
4978 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4979 | /** |
4980 | Ends numbered bullet. | |
4981 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4982 | bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); } |
4983 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4984 | /** |
4985 | Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. | |
4986 | ||
4987 | See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used | |
4988 | to render the bulleted paragraph. | |
4989 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 4990 | bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL); |
5d7836c4 | 4991 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4992 | /** |
4993 | Ends symbol bullet. | |
4994 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4995 | bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); } |
4996 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4997 | /** |
4998 | Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names | |
4999 | (currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square. | |
5000 | ||
5001 | See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to | |
5002 | render the bulleted paragraph. | |
5003 | */ | |
f089713f JS |
5004 | bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD); |
5005 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5006 | /** |
5007 | Ends standard bullet. | |
5008 | */ | |
f089713f JS |
5009 | bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); } |
5010 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5011 | /** |
5012 | Begins named character style. | |
5013 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5014 | bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle); |
5015 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5016 | /** |
5017 | Ends named character style. | |
5018 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5019 | bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); } |
5020 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5021 | /** |
5022 | Begins named paragraph style. | |
5023 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5024 | bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle); |
5025 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5026 | /** |
5027 | Ends named character style. | |
5028 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5029 | bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); } |
f089713f | 5030 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5031 | /** |
5032 | Begins named list style. | |
5033 | ||
5034 | Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number. | |
5035 | */ | |
f089713f JS |
5036 | bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1); |
5037 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5038 | /** |
5039 | Ends named character style. | |
5040 | */ | |
f089713f | 5041 | bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); } |
5d7836c4 | 5042 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5043 | /** |
5044 | Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content. | |
5045 | ||
5046 | Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common | |
5047 | to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining. | |
5048 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5049 | bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString); |
5050 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5051 | /** |
5052 | Ends URL. | |
5053 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5054 | bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); } |
5055 | ||
5056 | // Event handling | |
5057 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5058 | /** |
5059 | Adds an event handler. | |
5060 | ||
5061 | A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler, | |
5062 | but the application is free to add more if further notification is required. | |
5063 | All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as | |
5064 | the replacement of a style sheet during loading. | |
5065 | ||
5066 | The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler() | |
5067 | is called with @true as the second argument. | |
5068 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5069 | bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler); |
5070 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5071 | /** |
5072 | Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the | |
5073 | object if @a deleteHandler is @true. | |
5074 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5075 | bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false); |
5076 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5077 | /** |
5078 | Clear event handlers. | |
5079 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5080 | void ClearEventHandlers(); |
5081 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5082 | /** |
5083 | Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers, | |
5084 | otherwise will stop at the first successful one. | |
5085 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5086 | bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true); |
5087 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5088 | // Implementation |
5089 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5090 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 5091 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5092 | /** |
5093 | Copies the buffer. | |
5094 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5095 | void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj); |
5d7836c4 | 5096 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5097 | /** |
5098 | Assignment operator. | |
5099 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
5100 | void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); } |
5101 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5102 | /** |
5103 | Clones the buffer. | |
5104 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5105 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); } |
5106 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5107 | /** |
5108 | Submits a command to insert paragraphs. | |
5109 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
5110 | bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
5111 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5112 | /** |
5113 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
5114 | */ | |
fe5aa22c | 5115 | bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 5116 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5117 | /** |
5118 | Submits a command to insert a newline. | |
5119 | */ | |
fe5aa22c | 5120 | bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 5121 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5122 | /** |
5123 | Submits a command to insert the given image. | |
5124 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
5125 | bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0, |
5126 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
cdaed652 | 5127 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5128 | /** |
5129 | Submits a command to insert an object. | |
5130 | */ | |
603f702b | 5131 | wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags); |
5d7836c4 | 5132 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5133 | /** |
5134 | Submits a command to delete this range. | |
5135 | */ | |
12cc29c5 | 5136 | bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl); |
5d7836c4 | 5137 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5138 | /** |
5139 | Mark modified. | |
5140 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5141 | void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5142 | |
5143 | /** | |
5144 | Returns @true if the buffer was modified. | |
5145 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5146 | bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; } |
5147 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5148 | //@{ |
5149 | /** | |
5150 | Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes. | |
5151 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5152 | virtual void Dump(); |
5153 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); } | |
7afd2b58 | 5154 | //@} |
5d7836c4 | 5155 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5156 | /** |
5157 | Returns the file handlers. | |
5158 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5159 | static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } |
5160 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5161 | /** |
5162 | Adds a file handler to the end. | |
5163 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5164 | static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler); |
5165 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5166 | /** |
5167 | Inserts a file handler at the front. | |
5168 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5169 | static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler); |
5170 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5171 | /** |
5172 | Removes a file handler. | |
5173 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5174 | static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name); |
5175 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5176 | /** |
5177 | Finds a file handler by name. | |
5178 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5179 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name); |
5180 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5181 | /** |
5182 | Finds a file handler by extension and type. | |
5183 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 5184 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 5185 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5186 | /** |
5187 | Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type. | |
5188 | */ | |
d75a69e8 FM |
5189 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename, |
5190 | wxRichTextFileType imageType); | |
5d7836c4 | 5191 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5192 | /** |
5193 | Finds a handler by type. | |
5194 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 5195 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 5196 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5197 | /** |
5198 | Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present, | |
5199 | it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be | |
5200 | used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter. | |
5201 | */ | |
1e967276 | 5202 | static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 5203 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5204 | /** |
5205 | Clean up file handlers. | |
5206 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5207 | static void CleanUpHandlers(); |
5208 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5209 | /** |
5210 | Initialise the standard file handlers. | |
5211 | Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default. | |
5212 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5213 | static void InitStandardHandlers(); |
5214 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
5215 | /** |
5216 | Returns the drawing handlers. | |
5217 | */ | |
5218 | static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; } | |
5219 | ||
5220 | /** | |
5221 | Adds a drawing handler to the end. | |
5222 | */ | |
5223 | static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler); | |
5224 | ||
5225 | /** | |
5226 | Inserts a drawing handler at the front. | |
5227 | */ | |
5228 | static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler); | |
5229 | ||
5230 | /** | |
5231 | Removes a drawing handler. | |
5232 | */ | |
5233 | static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5234 | ||
5235 | /** | |
5236 | Finds a drawing handler by name. | |
5237 | */ | |
5238 | static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5239 | ||
5240 | /** | |
5241 | Clean up drawing handlers. | |
5242 | */ | |
5243 | static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers(); | |
5244 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
5245 | /** |
5246 | Returns the field types. | |
5247 | */ | |
5248 | static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; } | |
5249 | ||
5250 | /** | |
5251 | Adds a field type. | |
5252 | ||
5253 | @see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5254 | ||
5255 | */ | |
5256 | static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType); | |
5257 | ||
5258 | /** | |
5259 | Removes a field type by name. | |
5260 | ||
5261 | @see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5262 | */ | |
5263 | static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name); | |
5264 | ||
5265 | /** | |
5266 | Finds a field type by name. | |
5267 | ||
5268 | @see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5269 | */ | |
5270 | static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name); | |
5271 | ||
5272 | /** | |
5273 | Cleans up field types. | |
5274 | */ | |
5275 | static void CleanUpFieldTypes(); | |
5276 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5277 | /** |
5278 | Returns the renderer object. | |
5279 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5280 | static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; } |
5281 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5282 | /** |
5283 | Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the | |
5284 | content, such as bullets. | |
5285 | ||
5286 | You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from | |
5287 | wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more | |
5288 | virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function. | |
5289 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5290 | static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer); |
5291 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5292 | /** |
5293 | Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm. | |
5294 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5295 | static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5296 | |
5297 | /** | |
5298 | Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm. | |
5299 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5300 | static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; } |
5301 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5302 | /** |
5303 | Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size. | |
5304 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5305 | static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5306 | |
5307 | /** | |
5308 | Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size. | |
5309 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5310 | static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; } |
44219ff0 | 5311 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5312 | /** |
5313 | Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions. | |
5314 | */ | |
44219ff0 | 5315 | double GetScale() const { return m_scale; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5316 | |
5317 | /** | |
5318 | Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions. | |
5319 | */ | |
44219ff0 JS |
5320 | void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; } |
5321 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5322 | protected: |
5323 | ||
5324 | /// Command processor | |
5325 | wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor; | |
5326 | ||
44cc96a8 JS |
5327 | /// Table storing fonts |
5328 | wxRichTextFontTable m_fontTable; | |
5329 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5330 | /// Has been modified? |
5331 | bool m_modified; | |
5332 | ||
5333 | /// Collapsed command stack | |
5334 | int m_batchedCommandDepth; | |
5335 | ||
5336 | /// Name for collapsed command | |
5337 | wxString m_batchedCommandsName; | |
5338 | ||
5339 | /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions | |
5340 | wxRichTextCommand* m_batchedCommand; | |
5341 | ||
5342 | /// Whether to suppress undo | |
5343 | int m_suppressUndo; | |
5344 | ||
5345 | /// Style sheet, if any | |
5346 | wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet; | |
5347 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5348 | /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events |
5349 | wxList m_eventHandlers; | |
5350 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5351 | /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions |
5352 | wxList m_attributeStack; | |
5353 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5354 | /// Flags to be passed to handlers |
5355 | int m_handlerFlags; | |
5356 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5357 | /// File handlers |
5358 | static wxList sm_handlers; | |
d2d0adc7 | 5359 | |
8db2e3ef JS |
5360 | /// Drawing handlers |
5361 | static wxList sm_drawingHandlers; | |
5362 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
5363 | /// Field types |
5364 | static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes; | |
5365 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5366 | /// Renderer |
5367 | static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer; | |
5368 | ||
5369 | /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm | |
5370 | static int sm_bulletRightMargin; | |
5371 | ||
5372 | /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size | |
5373 | static float sm_bulletProportion; | |
44219ff0 JS |
5374 | |
5375 | /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing | |
5376 | double m_scale; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5377 | }; |
5378 | ||
603f702b JS |
5379 | /** |
5380 | @class wxRichTextCell | |
5381 | ||
5382 | wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table. | |
5383 | */ | |
5384 | ||
5385 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox | |
5386 | { | |
5387 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell) | |
5388 | public: | |
5389 | // Constructors | |
5390 | ||
5391 | /** | |
5392 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
5393 | */ | |
5394 | ||
5395 | wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
5396 | ||
5397 | /** | |
5398 | Copy constructor. | |
5399 | */ | |
5400 | ||
5401 | wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
5402 | ||
d13b34d3 | 5403 | // Overridables |
603f702b | 5404 | |
8db2e3ef | 5405 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
603f702b | 5406 | |
603f702b JS |
5407 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("cell"); } |
5408 | ||
603f702b JS |
5409 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
5410 | ||
603f702b JS |
5411 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
5412 | ||
603f702b JS |
5413 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Cell"); } |
5414 | ||
5415 | // Accessors | |
5416 | ||
5417 | // Operations | |
5418 | ||
603f702b JS |
5419 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); } |
5420 | ||
603f702b JS |
5421 | void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj); |
5422 | ||
5423 | protected: | |
5424 | }; | |
5425 | ||
5426 | /** | |
5427 | @class wxRichTextTable | |
5428 | ||
5429 | wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows. | |
5430 | */ | |
5431 | ||
5432 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxRichTextObject*, wxRichTextObjectPtrArray); | |
5433 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray, wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray); | |
5434 | ||
5435 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox | |
5436 | { | |
5437 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable) | |
5438 | public: | |
5439 | ||
5440 | // Constructors | |
5441 | ||
5442 | /** | |
5443 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
5444 | */ | |
5445 | ||
5446 | wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
5447 | ||
5448 | /** | |
5449 | Copy constructor. | |
5450 | */ | |
5451 | ||
5452 | wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
5453 | ||
d13b34d3 | 5454 | // Overridables |
603f702b | 5455 | |
8db2e3ef | 5456 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
603f702b | 5457 | |
603f702b JS |
5458 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("table"); } |
5459 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5460 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
603f702b | 5461 | |
8db2e3ef | 5462 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
603f702b | 5463 | |
603f702b JS |
5464 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
5465 | ||
603f702b JS |
5466 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
5467 | ||
5468 | #if wxUSE_XML | |
603f702b JS |
5469 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
5470 | #endif | |
5471 | ||
5472 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
603f702b JS |
5473 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
5474 | #endif | |
5475 | ||
5476 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
603f702b JS |
5477 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
5478 | #endif | |
5479 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5480 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
603f702b | 5481 | |
603f702b JS |
5482 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
5483 | ||
b3169c12 | 5484 | // Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table. |
603f702b JS |
5485 | virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return true; } |
5486 | ||
5487 | /// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions. | |
5488 | /// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table. | |
5489 | virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const; | |
5490 | ||
603f702b JS |
5491 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
5492 | ||
603f702b JS |
5493 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
5494 | ||
603f702b JS |
5495 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Table"); } |
5496 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
5497 | // Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject |
5498 | // is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus, | |
5499 | // but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead). | |
603f702b JS |
5500 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } |
5501 | ||
5502 | // Accessors | |
5503 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5504 | /** |
5505 | Returns the cells array. | |
5506 | */ | |
603f702b | 5507 | const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5508 | |
5509 | /** | |
5510 | Returns the cells array. | |
5511 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5512 | wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; } |
5513 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5514 | /** |
5515 | Returns the row count. | |
5516 | */ | |
603f702b | 5517 | int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5518 | |
5519 | /** | |
5520 | Returns the column count. | |
5521 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5522 | int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; } |
5523 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5524 | /** |
5525 | Returns the cell at the given row/column position. | |
5526 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5527 | virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const; |
5528 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5529 | /** |
5530 | Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table). | |
5531 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5532 | virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const; |
5533 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5534 | /** |
5535 | Returns the row/column for a given character position. | |
5536 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5537 | virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const; |
5538 | ||
5539 | // Operations | |
5540 | ||
5541 | /** | |
5542 | Clears the table. | |
5543 | */ | |
5544 | ||
5545 | virtual void ClearTable(); | |
5546 | ||
5547 | /** | |
5548 | Creates a table of the given dimensions. | |
5549 | */ | |
5550 | ||
5551 | virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols); | |
5552 | ||
5553 | /** | |
5554 | Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection. | |
5555 | */ | |
5556 | ||
5557 | virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); | |
5558 | ||
5559 | /** | |
5560 | Deletes rows from the given row position. | |
5561 | */ | |
5562 | ||
5563 | virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1); | |
5564 | ||
5565 | /** | |
5566 | Deletes columns from the given column position. | |
5567 | */ | |
5568 | ||
5569 | virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1); | |
5570 | ||
5571 | /** | |
5572 | Adds rows from the given row position. | |
5573 | */ | |
5574 | ||
5575 | virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5576 | ||
5577 | /** | |
5578 | Adds columns from the given column position. | |
5579 | */ | |
5580 | ||
5581 | virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5582 | ||
5583 | // Makes a clone of this object. | |
5584 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); } | |
5585 | ||
5586 | // Copies this object. | |
5587 | void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj); | |
5588 | ||
5589 | protected: | |
5590 | ||
5591 | int m_rowCount; | |
5592 | int m_colCount; | |
5593 | ||
5594 | // An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing | |
5595 | // the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object. | |
5596 | // Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems | |
5597 | // with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that | |
5598 | // expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the | |
d13b34d3 | 5599 | // hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box. |
603f702b JS |
5600 | // We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this |
5601 | // may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different | |
5602 | // class? | |
5603 | wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray m_cells; | |
5604 | }; | |
5605 | ||
5606 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5607 | /** |
5608 | The command identifiers for Do/Undo. | |
5609 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5610 | |
5611 | enum wxRichTextCommandId | |
5612 | { | |
5613 | wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, | |
5614 | wxRICHTEXT_DELETE, | |
603f702b JS |
5615 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES, |
5616 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, | |
590a0f8b | 5617 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES, |
603f702b JS |
5618 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT |
5619 | }; | |
5620 | ||
706465df JS |
5621 | /** |
5622 | @class wxRichTextObjectAddress | |
5623 | ||
5624 | A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy, | |
5625 | without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete | |
5626 | and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array | |
5627 | of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used. | |
5628 | ||
5629 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5630 | @category{richtext} | |
5631 | ||
5632 | @see wxRichTextCommand | |
5633 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5634 | |
5635 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectAddress | |
5636 | { | |
5637 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5638 | /** |
5639 | Creates the address given a container and an object. | |
5640 | */ | |
603f702b | 5641 | wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5642 | /** |
5643 | */ | |
603f702b | 5644 | wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5645 | /** |
5646 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5647 | wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); } |
5648 | ||
5649 | void Init() {} | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5650 | |
5651 | /** | |
5652 | Copies the address. | |
5653 | */ | |
603f702b | 5654 | void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5655 | |
5656 | /** | |
5657 | Assignment operator. | |
5658 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5659 | void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); } |
5660 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5661 | /** |
5662 | Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container. | |
5663 | */ | |
603f702b | 5664 | wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
5665 | |
5666 | /** | |
5667 | Creates the address given a container and an object. | |
5668 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5669 | bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj); |
5670 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5671 | /** |
5672 | Returns the array of integers representing the object address. | |
5673 | */ | |
603f702b | 5674 | wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5675 | |
5676 | /** | |
5677 | Returns the array of integers representing the object address. | |
5678 | */ | |
603f702b | 5679 | const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5680 | |
5681 | /** | |
5682 | Sets the address from an array of integers. | |
5683 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5684 | void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; } |
5685 | ||
5686 | protected: | |
5687 | ||
5688 | wxArrayInt m_address; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5689 | }; |
5690 | ||
b5dbe15d | 5691 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction; |
706465df JS |
5692 | |
5693 | /** | |
5694 | @class wxRichTextCommand | |
5695 | ||
5696 | Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction | |
5697 | objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command. | |
5698 | ||
5699 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5700 | @category{richtext} | |
5701 | ||
5702 | @see wxRichTextAction | |
5703 | */ | |
5704 | ||
3b2cb431 | 5705 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand |
5d7836c4 JS |
5706 | { |
5707 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5708 | /** |
5709 | Constructor for one action. | |
5710 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5711 | wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, |
603f702b | 5712 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false); |
5d7836c4 | 5713 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5714 | /** |
5715 | Constructor for multiple actions. | |
5716 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5717 | wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name); |
5718 | ||
d3c7fc99 | 5719 | virtual ~wxRichTextCommand(); |
5d7836c4 | 5720 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5721 | /** |
5722 | Performs the command. | |
5723 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5724 | bool Do(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5725 | |
5726 | /** | |
5727 | Undoes the command. | |
5728 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5729 | bool Undo(); |
5730 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5731 | /** |
5732 | Adds an action to the action list. | |
5733 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5734 | void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5735 | |
5736 | /** | |
5737 | Clears the action list. | |
5738 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5739 | void ClearActions(); |
5740 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5741 | /** |
5742 | Returns the action list. | |
5743 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5744 | wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; } |
5745 | ||
5746 | protected: | |
5747 | ||
5748 | wxList m_actions; | |
5749 | }; | |
5750 | ||
706465df JS |
5751 | /** |
5752 | @class wxRichTextAction | |
5753 | ||
5754 | Implements a part of a command. | |
5755 | ||
5756 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5757 | @category{richtext} | |
5758 | ||
5759 | @see wxRichTextCommand | |
5760 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5761 | |
3b2cb431 | 5762 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
5763 | { |
5764 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5765 | /** |
5766 | Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within | |
5767 | which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same. | |
5768 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5769 | wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, |
5770 | wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, | |
7fe8059f | 5771 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false); |
5d7836c4 | 5772 | |
d3c7fc99 | 5773 | virtual ~wxRichTextAction(); |
5d7836c4 | 5774 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5775 | /** |
5776 | Performs the action. | |
5777 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5778 | bool Do(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5779 | |
5780 | /** | |
5781 | Undoes the action. | |
5782 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5783 | bool Undo(); |
5784 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5785 | /** |
5786 | Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout. | |
5787 | */ | |
ea160b2e | 5788 | void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false, |
7051fa41 | 5789 | wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL, bool isDoCmd = true); |
5d7836c4 | 5790 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5791 | /** |
5792 | Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment. | |
5793 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5794 | void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
5d7836c4 | 5795 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5796 | /** |
5797 | Returns the new fragments. | |
5798 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5799 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5800 | |
5801 | /** | |
5802 | Returns the old fragments. | |
5803 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5804 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; } |
5d7836c4 | 5805 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5806 | /** |
5807 | Returns the attributes, for single-object commands. | |
5808 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5809 | wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; } |
5810 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5811 | /** |
5812 | Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address | |
5813 | and the action's range start position. | |
5814 | */ | |
603f702b | 5815 | wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5816 | |
5817 | /** | |
5818 | Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address | |
5819 | and the action's range start position. | |
5820 | */ | |
603f702b | 5821 | void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5822 | |
5823 | /** | |
5824 | Makes an address from the given object. | |
5825 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5826 | void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); } |
5827 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5828 | /** |
5829 | Calculate arrays for refresh optimization. | |
5830 | */ | |
7051fa41 JS |
5831 | void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions); |
5832 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5833 | /** |
5834 | Sets the position used for e.g. insertion. | |
5835 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5836 | void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5837 | |
5838 | /** | |
5839 | Returns the position used for e.g. insertion. | |
5840 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5841 | long GetPosition() const { return m_position; } |
5842 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5843 | /** |
5844 | Sets the range for e.g. deletion. | |
5845 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5846 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5847 | |
5848 | /** | |
5849 | Returns the range for e.g. deletion. | |
5850 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5851 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
5852 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5853 | /** |
5854 | Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5855 | */ | |
603f702b | 5856 | wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5857 | |
5858 | /** | |
5859 | Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5860 | */ | |
603f702b | 5861 | const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5862 | |
5863 | /** | |
5864 | Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5865 | */ | |
603f702b | 5866 | void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5867 | |
5868 | /** | |
5869 | Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5870 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5871 | void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); } |
5872 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5873 | /** |
5874 | Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer. | |
5875 | */ | |
603f702b | 5876 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
5877 | |
5878 | /** | |
5879 | Returns the action name. | |
5880 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5881 | const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } |
5882 | ||
5883 | protected: | |
5884 | // Action name | |
5885 | wxString m_name; | |
5886 | ||
5887 | // Buffer | |
5888 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer; | |
5889 | ||
603f702b JS |
5890 | // The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated. |
5891 | // This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't | |
5892 | // therefore store actual pointers. | |
5893 | wxRichTextObjectAddress m_containerAddress; | |
5894 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5895 | // Control |
5896 | wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl; | |
5897 | ||
5898 | // Stores the new paragraphs | |
0ca07313 | 5899 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_newParagraphs; |
5d7836c4 JS |
5900 | |
5901 | // Stores the old paragraphs | |
0ca07313 | 5902 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_oldParagraphs; |
5d7836c4 | 5903 | |
603f702b JS |
5904 | // Stores an object to replace the one at the position |
5905 | // defined by the container address and the action's range start position. | |
5906 | wxRichTextObject* m_object; | |
5907 | ||
5908 | // Stores the attributes | |
5909 | wxRichTextAttr m_attributes; | |
5910 | ||
5911 | // The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes) | |
5912 | wxRichTextObjectAddress m_objectAddress; | |
5913 | ||
5914 | // Stores the old attributes | |
5915 | // wxRichTextAttr m_oldAttributes; | |
5916 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5917 | // The affected range |
5918 | wxRichTextRange m_range; | |
5919 | ||
5920 | // The insertion point for this command | |
5921 | long m_position; | |
5922 | ||
5923 | // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it | |
5924 | bool m_ignoreThis; | |
5925 | ||
5926 | // The command identifier | |
5927 | wxRichTextCommandId m_cmdId; | |
5928 | }; | |
5929 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5930 | /*! |
5931 | * Handler flags | |
5932 | */ | |
5933 | ||
5934 | // Include style sheet when loading and saving | |
5935 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET 0x0001 | |
5936 | ||
5937 | // Save images to memory file system in HTML handler | |
5938 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY 0x0010 | |
5939 | ||
5940 | // Save images to files in HTML handler | |
5941 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES 0x0020 | |
5942 | ||
5943 | // Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler | |
5944 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64 0x0040 | |
5945 | ||
b774c698 JS |
5946 | // Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment |
5947 | // in a larger document | |
5948 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER 0x0080 | |
5949 | ||
a2beab22 JS |
5950 | // Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform |
5951 | // in a larger document | |
5952 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES 0x0100 | |
5953 | ||
706465df JS |
5954 | /** |
5955 | @class wxRichTextFileHandler | |
5956 | ||
5957 | The base class for file handlers. | |
5958 | ||
5959 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5960 | @category{richtext} | |
5961 | ||
5962 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
5963 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5964 | |
3b2cb431 | 5965 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
5966 | { |
5967 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler) | |
5968 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5969 | /** |
5970 | Creates a file handler object. | |
5971 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5972 | wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0) |
d8dd214c | 5973 | : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true) |
5d7836c4 JS |
5974 | { } |
5975 | ||
5976 | #if wxUSE_STREAMS | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5977 | /** |
5978 | Loads the buffer from a stream. | |
5979 | Not all handlers will implement file loading. | |
5980 | */ | |
7fe8059f WS |
5981 | bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) |
5982 | { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); } | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5983 | |
5984 | /** | |
5985 | Saves the buffer to a stream. | |
5986 | Not all handlers will implement file saving. | |
5987 | */ | |
7fe8059f WS |
5988 | bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) |
5989 | { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); } | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5990 | #endif |
5991 | ||
a9b9495b | 5992 | #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS |
7afd2b58 JS |
5993 | /** |
5994 | Loads the buffer from a file. | |
5995 | */ | |
fe8b0361 | 5996 | virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5997 | |
5998 | /** | |
5999 | Saves the buffer to a file. | |
6000 | */ | |
fe8b0361 | 6001 | virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename); |
a9b9495b | 6002 | #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STREAMS |
5d7836c4 | 6003 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6004 | /** |
6005 | Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension. | |
6006 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6007 | virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const; |
6008 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6009 | /** |
6010 | Returns @true if we can save using this handler. | |
6011 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6012 | virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; } |
6013 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6014 | /** |
6015 | Returns @true if we can load using this handler. | |
6016 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6017 | virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; } |
6018 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6019 | /** |
6020 | Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user. | |
6021 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6022 | virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6023 | |
6024 | /** | |
6025 | Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's | |
6026 | load and save dialogs). | |
6027 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6028 | virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; } |
6029 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6030 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 6031 | Sets the name of the handler. |
7afd2b58 | 6032 | */ |
5d7836c4 | 6033 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6034 | |
6035 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6036 | Returns the name of the handler. |
7afd2b58 | 6037 | */ |
5d7836c4 JS |
6038 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } |
6039 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6040 | /** |
6041 | Sets the default extension to recognise. | |
6042 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6043 | void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6044 | |
6045 | /** | |
6046 | Returns the default extension to recognise. | |
6047 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6048 | wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } |
6049 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6050 | /** |
6051 | Sets the handler type. | |
6052 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6053 | void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6054 | |
6055 | /** | |
6056 | Returns the handler type. | |
6057 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6058 | int GetType() const { return m_type; } |
6059 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6060 | /** |
6061 | Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving. | |
6062 | See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant | |
6063 | for each handler. | |
6064 | ||
6065 | You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly | |
6066 | (without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API). | |
6067 | Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set | |
6068 | the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations. | |
6069 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 6070 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6071 | |
6072 | /** | |
6073 | Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done. | |
6074 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6075 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
6076 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6077 | /** |
6078 | Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen. | |
6079 | */ | |
b71e9aa4 | 6080 | void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6081 | |
6082 | /** | |
6083 | Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen. | |
6084 | */ | |
b71e9aa4 JS |
6085 | const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; } |
6086 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6087 | protected: |
6088 | ||
7fe8059f | 6089 | #if wxUSE_STREAMS |
7afd2b58 JS |
6090 | /** |
6091 | Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer. | |
6092 | */ | |
7fe8059f | 6093 | virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0; |
7afd2b58 JS |
6094 | |
6095 | /** | |
6096 | Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer. | |
6097 | */ | |
7fe8059f WS |
6098 | virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0; |
6099 | #endif | |
6100 | ||
5d7836c4 | 6101 | wxString m_name; |
b71e9aa4 | 6102 | wxString m_encoding; |
5d7836c4 JS |
6103 | wxString m_extension; |
6104 | int m_type; | |
d2d0adc7 | 6105 | int m_flags; |
5d7836c4 JS |
6106 | bool m_visible; |
6107 | }; | |
6108 | ||
706465df JS |
6109 | /** |
6110 | @class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler | |
6111 | ||
6112 | Implements saving a buffer to plain text. | |
6113 | ||
6114 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6115 | @category{richtext} | |
6116 | ||
6117 | @see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6118 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6119 | |
3b2cb431 | 6120 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler |
5d7836c4 JS |
6121 | { |
6122 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler) | |
6123 | public: | |
d75a69e8 FM |
6124 | wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("Text"), |
6125 | const wxString& ext = wxT("txt"), | |
6126 | wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT) | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6127 | : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type) |
6128 | { } | |
6129 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6130 | // Can we save using this handler? |
5d7836c4 JS |
6131 | virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; } |
6132 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6133 | // Can we load using this handler? |
5d7836c4 JS |
6134 | virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; } |
6135 | ||
6136 | protected: | |
6137 | ||
7fe8059f WS |
6138 | #if wxUSE_STREAMS |
6139 | virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream); | |
6140 | virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream); | |
6141 | #endif | |
6142 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6143 | }; |
6144 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
6145 | /** |
6146 | @class wxRichTextDrawingHandler | |
6147 | ||
6148 | The base class for custom drawing handlers. | |
7c9fdebe | 6149 | Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6150 | |
6151 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6152 | @category{richtext} | |
6153 | ||
6154 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6155 | */ | |
6156 | ||
6157 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject | |
6158 | { | |
6159 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingHandler) | |
6160 | public: | |
6161 | /** | |
6162 | Creates a drawing handler object. | |
6163 | */ | |
6164 | wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) | |
6165 | : m_name(name) | |
6166 | { } | |
6167 | ||
6168 | /** | |
6169 | Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide. | |
6170 | */ | |
6171 | virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6172 | ||
6173 | /** | |
6174 | Provides virtual attributes that we can provide. | |
6175 | */ | |
6176 | virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6177 | ||
6178 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6179 | Sets the name of the handler. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6180 | */ |
6181 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } | |
6182 | ||
6183 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6184 | Returns the name of the handler. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6185 | */ |
6186 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } | |
6187 | ||
6188 | protected: | |
6189 | ||
6190 | wxString m_name; | |
6191 | }; | |
6192 | ||
0ca07313 JS |
6193 | #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ |
6194 | ||
706465df JS |
6195 | /** |
6196 | @class wxRichTextBufferDataObject | |
6197 | ||
6198 | Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer. | |
6199 | ||
6200 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6201 | @category{richtext} | |
6202 | ||
6203 | @see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6204 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 6205 | |
d2d0adc7 | 6206 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple |
0ca07313 JS |
6207 | { |
6208 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6209 | /** |
6210 | The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object | |
6211 | is alive. | |
6212 | */ | |
d3b9f782 | 6213 | wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL); |
0ca07313 JS |
6214 | virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject(); |
6215 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6216 | /** |
6217 | After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it | |
6218 | is responsible for deleting it. | |
6219 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
6220 | wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer(); |
6221 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6222 | /** |
6223 | Returns the id for the new data format. | |
6224 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
6225 | static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; } |
6226 | ||
6227 | // base class pure virtuals | |
6228 | ||
6229 | virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const; | |
6230 | virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; | |
6231 | virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const; | |
6232 | virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); | |
6233 | ||
6234 | // prevent warnings | |
6235 | ||
6236 | virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); } | |
6237 | virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); } | |
6238 | virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); } | |
6239 | ||
6240 | private: | |
6241 | wxDataFormat m_formatRichTextBuffer; // our custom format | |
6242 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBuffer; // our data | |
6243 | static const wxChar* ms_richTextBufferFormatId; // our format id | |
6244 | }; | |
6245 | ||
6246 | #endif | |
6247 | ||
706465df JS |
6248 | /** |
6249 | @class wxRichTextRenderer | |
6250 | ||
6251 | This class isolates some common drawing functionality. | |
6252 | ||
6253 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6254 | @category{richtext} | |
6255 | ||
6256 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6257 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6258 | |
6259 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject | |
6260 | { | |
6261 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6262 | /** |
6263 | Constructor. | |
6264 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6265 | wxRichTextRenderer() {} |
6266 | virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {} | |
6267 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6268 | /** |
6269 | Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden. | |
6270 | */ | |
24777478 | 6271 | virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0; |
d2d0adc7 | 6272 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6273 | /** |
6274 | Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden. | |
6275 | */ | |
24777478 | 6276 | virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0; |
d2d0adc7 | 6277 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6278 | /** |
6279 | Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden. | |
6280 | */ | |
24777478 | 6281 | virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0; |
d2d0adc7 | 6282 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6283 | /** |
6284 | Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden. | |
6285 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6286 | virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0; |
6287 | }; | |
6288 | ||
706465df JS |
6289 | /** |
6290 | @class wxRichTextStdRenderer | |
6291 | ||
6292 | The standard renderer for drawing bullets. | |
6293 | ||
6294 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6295 | @category{richtext} | |
6296 | ||
6297 | @see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6298 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6299 | |
6300 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer | |
6301 | { | |
6302 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6303 | /** |
6304 | Constructor. | |
6305 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6306 | wxRichTextStdRenderer() {} |
6307 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6308 | // Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName |
24777478 | 6309 | virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect); |
d2d0adc7 | 6310 | |
7afd2b58 | 6311 | // Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets |
24777478 | 6312 | virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text); |
d2d0adc7 | 6313 | |
7afd2b58 | 6314 | // Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName |
24777478 | 6315 | virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect); |
d2d0adc7 | 6316 | |
7afd2b58 | 6317 | // Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6318 | virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames); |
6319 | }; | |
6320 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6321 | /*! |
6322 | * Utilities | |
6323 | * | |
6324 | */ | |
6325 | ||
6326 | inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style) | |
6327 | { | |
6328 | return ((flags & style) == style); | |
6329 | } | |
6330 | ||
6331 | /// Compare two attribute objects | |
24777478 JS |
6332 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); |
6333 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6334 | |
6335 | /// Compare two attribute objects, but take into account the flags | |
6336 | /// specifying attributes of interest. | |
24777478 | 6337 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); |
5d7836c4 JS |
6338 | |
6339 | /// Apply one style to another | |
24777478 | 6340 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
59509217 | 6341 | |
aeb6ebe2 | 6342 | // Remove attributes |
24777478 | 6343 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
aeb6ebe2 | 6344 | |
42688aea JS |
6345 | /// Combine two bitlists |
6346 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB); | |
6347 | ||
6348 | /// Compare two bitlists | |
6349 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags); | |
6350 | ||
4f32b3cf | 6351 | /// Split into paragraph and character styles |
24777478 | 6352 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle); |
4f32b3cf | 6353 | |
59509217 | 6354 | /// Compare tabs |
d2d0adc7 | 6355 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2); |
59509217 | 6356 | |
59509217 | 6357 | /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals |
d2d0adc7 | 6358 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n); |
f1d6804f | 6359 | |
24777478 JS |
6360 | // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
6361 | // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
6362 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr); | |
6363 | ||
f1d6804f RD |
6364 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxRichTextModuleInit(); |
6365 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6366 | #endif |
6367 | // wxUSE_RICHTEXT | |
6368 | ||
6369 | #endif | |
6370 | // _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_ | |
d2d0adc7 | 6371 |